Marketing

- 1- Acquire the technical basics of digital
- 2- Certification with Community Manager cycle tutoring
- 3- Certification with tutoring from the Digital Manager cycle
- 4- Certification with tutoring from the E-commerce Manager cycle
- 5- Certification with tutoring from the Webmarketing Manager cycle
- 6- Internal communication and corporate social networks
- 7- Community Management
- 8- Data et marketing
- 9- Define and deploy your marketing strategy
- 10- E-merchandising
- 11- Use your marketing database
- 12- Google analytics: improve your site and make your actions profitable
- 13- Graphic designer
- 14- Operational marketing
- 15- The keys to e-commerce
- 16- The keys to digital marketing
- 17- The fundamentals of digital and social networks
- 18- Marketing tools for sales forces
- 19- Innovation Marketing
- 20- Marketing for non-marketers
- 21- Relationship marketing, CRM, e-CRM
- 22- Optimizing the customer experience through digital
- 23- Customer Experience Journey
- 24- Manage a web project
- 25- Digital Manager
- 26- E-commerce manager
- 27- Digital Marketing Manager
- 28- Social media and community management manager
- 29- Responsive design et ergonomie mobile
- 30- Succeed in the digital transformation of the company
- 31- Succeed in your video marketing strategy
- 32- Succeed in your responsive email campaigns
- 33- Digital communication strategy on social media
- 34- Printing techniques and methods
- 35- UX design and ergonomics of websites
- 36- Marketing and competitive monitoring
- 37- Digital Analytics training: strategy and best practices
- 38- IREB CPRE Foundation, requirements engineering, Certified Professional for Requirements Engineering certification
- 39- Storage networks, SAN/NAS
- 40- Geomarketing, principles and solutions
- 41- Datamining technique with R modeling and data representation
- 42- Develop applications of DataVisualisation tools and frameworks
- 43- Oracle, introduction
- 44- Oracle SQL, improvement
- 45- Oracle 12c, backup and restore
- 46- Oracle, backups and restores with RMAN
- 47- SQL Server 2016, what's new
- 48- SQL Server 2014, what's new
- 49- SQL Server 2014/2012, administration
- 50- SQL Server 2014/2012, implement high availability
- 51- Master the MDX language for querying OLAP cubes
- 52-
- 53- .NET application design, overview
- 54- UML 2 for real time
- 55- SysML, modeling your systems
- 56- MariaDB, administration
- 57- PostgreSQL, prise en main
- 58- PostgreSQL, advanced administration
- 59- PostgreSQL, tuning
- 60- Hadoop, installation et administration
- 61- Essentials of Java and Object
- 62- Java 8, discover the new features through practice
- 63- Java, testing and quality
- 64- Test Driven Development and Java/JEE
- 65- Swing, rich client development in Java
- 66- JavaFX 8, create rich graphical interfaces
- 67- Develop Eclipse plug-ins and RCP clients
- 68- JPA, data persistence in Java
- 69- Spring 3 framework, develop enterprise applications
- 70- Spring 4 framework, developing enterprise applications
- 71- Edge Animate, create interactive animations for the Web
- 72- Java OSGi, modular application development
- 73- RESTful Web Services, advanced development in Java
- 74- Responsive Web Design, creating adaptable web interfaces
- 75- SAT Preparation
- 76- EDM, optimize search and indexing of unstructured content
- 77- Semantic Web, organize and publish your data
- 78-
- 79- Semantic Web, programming value-added applications
- 80- .NET framework, design the architecture of your applications
- 81- Test Driven Development en .NET
- 82- Team Foundation Server 2015, optimize your .NET developments
- 83- Team Foundation Server 2013, optimize your .NET developments
- 84- Team Foundation Server 2013 for agile project management
- 85- Typo 3, create and administer a website
- 86- Prestashop, create an e-commerce site
- 87- Create and run a professional blog
- 88- PHP Zend Certified Engineer, preparation for certification
- 89- Zend Framework 2 and 3, mastering web development
- 90- Zend Framework, mastering web development
- 91- C++ programming, improvement
- 92- Visual Basic, improvement
- 93- Windev, desktop application development
- 94- Oracle SQL, improvement
- 95- Web services, summary
- 96- XML, model your documents and data
- 97- Succeed in your tablet and smartphone projects
- 98- Hypervisors and real-time Linux
- 99-
- 100- Cisco routers, routing enhancement, OSPF, BGP, QoS, VPN, VoIP
- 101- Cisco IUWNE, CCNA Wireless, certification preparation
- 102- Unix user, improvement
- 103- Unix, systems and network administration
- 104- Unix, advanced administration
- 105- Solaris 11, new features for administrators
- 106- Solaris 11 administration, level 1
- 107- Solaris 11 administration, level 2
- 108- Solaris 10 administration
- 109- Mac OS X, administration
- 110- Virtualization: summary
- 111- VMware vSphere 6, troubleshooting
- 112- VMware vSphere 6, optimization and advanced administration
- 113- VMware vSphere 6, automate administration with PowerCLI
- 114- VMware vSphere 5.5, implement new features
- 115- VMware vSphere 5.5, installation, configuration et administration
- 116- VMware vSphere 5.5, supervision et exploitation
- 117- VMware vSphere 5.5, troubleshooting
- 118- VMware vSphere 5.5, automate administration with PowerCLI
- 119- VMware vSphere 5.5, clustering and high availability
- 120- VMware vSphere 5.5, Operations Manager, systems monitoring
- 121- VMware vSphere 5.1, troubleshooting
- 122- VMware vSphere 5.0, installation, configuration et administration
- 123- VMware vSphere 5.0, optimization and advanced administration
- 124- VMware Horizon View 5.3, workstation management installation, configuration and administration
- 125- VMware Workstation 12, administration
- 126- VMware, administration Workstation et Server
- 127- Inbound Marketing: converting your prospects into customers
- 128- Design and implement a marketing strategy
- 129- The keys to marketing
- 130- Integrate new marketing trends into your strategy
- 131- Mastering image marketing
- 132- Viral marketing: create buzz and profit from it
- 133- The marketing manager's toolbox
- 134- Adopt and develop a viable Low Cost strategy, the key success factors
- 135- Design your brand strategy
- 136- Market Research Techniques
- 137- Lead a Benchmarking project
- 138- Launch an online marketing study
- 139- Succeed in your operational marketing with the right action levers
- 140- Optimiser son Mix Marketing
- 141- Launch a new product
- 142- Marketing of services
- 143- Implement winning mobile marketing for smartphones and tablets
- 144- Viral marketing: create buzz and profit from it
- 145- Design your brand strategy
- 146- Effectively Create Responsive Marketing Emails
- 147- Launch an online marketing study
- 148- Prestashop, create an e-commerce site
- 149- Optimize your website SEO
- 150- Audit and optimize a website's marketing approach
- 151- WordPress, initiation, install and manage a business site
- 152- GPS geolocation and links with GIS
- 153- Initiation au Webmapping
- 154- Webmapping using Javascript
- 155- Become an e-commerce manager
- 156- Marketing Digital - Level 1
- 157- Marketing Digital - Expert Niveau 1
- 158- User Experience (UX) Specialist
- 159- E-commerce
- 160- use of AI in marketing
- 161- AI tools in multimedia
- 162- the use of cameras
Acquire the technical basics of digital
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Digital is today at the heart of marketing and communication; managers and project managers must interact with agencies and IT departments. However, they do not always have the technical knowledge of the digital environment allowing them to clearly express their needs or evaluate the feasibility of a project.
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing and digital communications manager. Product manager, marketing project manager, digital project manager.

None.
Training objectives
Identify digital technologies in order to improve dialogue with its technical department and service providers
13Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
Digital: an inventory
- Artificial intelligence, Blockchain, Big Data,… impactful technologies.
- The web (surface web, deep web, dark web) and the cloud (SaaS, StaaS, PaaS, IaaS, etc.).
- Server architecture and protocols (dynamic web, frameworks, IP, http, SSL).
- Algorithms: principles and uses.
The technical elements of a web page
- Languages (HTML, XML, CSS, Javascript).
- Construction of a web page (Head, Body), HTML tags.
- Responsive vs Adaptive Design.
- CMS (WordPress, Joomla, Drupal, ...).
- The technical jargon of developers.
Digital formats in practice
- Texts: know how to write correctly and SEO-oriented.
- Images: formats and uses (jpg, gif, png, ...), maximum weight, file naming,.. .
- Videos: compatible formats and their integration (mp4, ogv, webm), external videos (Youtube, etc.).
- Files: formats and uses, naming , metadata.
14Digital marketing tools
- SEO strategies and tools (SEO, SEA, SEM).
- The vocabulary of statistics (Analytics).
- Platforms: CRM, DMP, Datalake, ...
- Marketing automation.
After face-to-face, implementation in a work situation
- A strengthening program "One challenge per week for 7 weeks".
Certification with Community Manager cycle tutoring
★★★★★
- MR-182
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training is designed to help you understand the responsibilities of being a community manager and social media manager. It will also allow you to quickly implement effective community management actions.
The training covers key aspects of establishing a social media strategy, including choosing social networks based on your goals and target audience, as well as the resources available to your business (budget, staff , etc.). Operational aspects are also discussed, in particular the specificities of each social media and the key success factors for running them on a daily basis. You will learn in particular how to manage the frequency and writing of publications, to choose the most suitable media and to manage the results of your community management actions.
Who is this training for ?
For whomCommunity manager taking office; occasional community manager.
Marketing and digital communications manager.

None.
Training objectives
Ensure the fundamental missions of the community manager
Define a social media strategy
Animate social networks Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn
17Training program
Avant
- A self-diagnosis.
Design a social media strategy
- Structure a social media diagnosis (3C model).
- Define your objectives and targets to develop a suitable social media strategy (POEM, SWOT model).
- Page Facebook, Twitter or Instagram account, LinkedIn page or profile, YouTube channel, Snapchat public profile or even TikTok account… which media to choose?
- The operational action plan: editorial line, editorial calendar,...
- Discover the major Social Media trends: audio, metavere, social ads...
Manage a Facebook page
- Become familiar with the Facebook interface and the 3 types of presence (profile, group and page), how the Facebook algorithm works.
- Manage the settings of a professional page .
- Administer a Facebook business page on a daily basis: Facebook page, Meta Business Suite, Creator Studio, moderation.
- Best publishing practices to optimize visibility and engagement rate.
- Measure your results with Facebook statistics.
- Discover Facebook's advertising network.
18Manage a professional Instagram account
- Become familiar with Instagram's mobile and desktop interfaces.
- Understand and leverage the Instagram algorithm for better visibility.
- Personal account , professional account, creator account: what's the difference? What to choose?
- Discover the different types of Instagram formats: image, video, carousel, stories, reels, guides and live publication.
- Good animation practices: captions, hashtags, bio…
- Follow statistics to optimize your community management.
- Rely on influencers, micro-influencers, nano-influencers and ambassadors (UGC) to achieve its objectives.
Develop an effective presence on Linkedin
- Become familiar with the interface, the algorithm and the 3 types of presence (profile, page, group).
- Personal Branding: optimize your profile to gain visibility.
- Set up effective monitoring (hashtags, groups, influencers, etc.).
- Why create a company page?
- Publish content as a profile and page: best practices and tips to maximize reach and engagement.
- Discover the principles of Employee Advocacy.
19Set up and manage the Social Media system
- Choose the right social media management tools (SMMS).
- Define your dashboards.
- Discover e-reputation monitoring tools.
- Establish governance: social media charter, management of negative opinions, management of bad buzz.
- Discover the different KPIs: engagement rate, interaction, amplification, appreciation and conversion.
After - Implementation in a work situation
Certification with tutoring from the Digital Manager cycle
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 9 Days (63 Hours)
Description
Digital transformation is shaking up the economy, and only well-prepared businesses will be able to adapt. To successfully transition to digital, companies need a competent and designated contact to support them.
This training program aims to enable the digital transformation manager to become familiar with new business models, to identify the skills and technologies necessary for the company, and to provide managers with the necessary tools to deploy a digital strategy that will promote the growth of the company.
Who is this training for ?
For whomLeader. Strategy, Business Unit, Sales or Marketing Manager. Future Digital Manager of the company. Anyone in charge of the digital transformation of the company.

- Aucun.
Training objectives
- Understand the challenges of the digital transformation of the company
- Define the new business model and deploy the associated strategy
- Identify the skills needed to successfully transition to digital
- Identify digital technologies that generate competitiveness for the company
- Rely on the new role of the manager in digital transformation
22Training program
PART 1: Impact of digital on the business model (3 days)
- 1 - Understand the challenges of digital transformation for your company
- Analyze the trends of a changing economy.
- Understand the disruptions caused by digital.
- Identify the impact of sustainable development and CSR in digital transformation.
- Clarify the role of digital technologies: mobile, social media, analytics, cloud computing, connected objects, blockchain, NFT, metaverse…
- Enter the dematerialization of processes and services.
- Manage data: the main indicators (KPI), setting up a table of edge, ROI.
- 2 - Place project management at the center of digital transformation
- The fundamentals of digital project management.
- Take advantage contributions from design thinking.
- Adopt agile methods.
- Risk analysis of digital transformation.
- 3 - Develop a digital strategy that brings growth
- Understand the different digital strategies.
- Distinguish between possible economic models and their sources of income.
- Locate the degree of maturity of your company in the face of digital transformation.
- Rethink your Business Model in the digital age: the Business Model Canvas.
- Take inspiration from successful examples of digital transformation.
- Scenario
- Practical case: practice defining a digital transformation project based on a brief.
23PART 2: Impact of digital on marketing and information systems (3 days)
- 1 - Focus on the customer experience
- New customer behaviors.
- Customer experience: purchasing journey and touchpoints.
- Identify winning practices in terms of customer experience.
- The challenges of customer experience on the marketing vision.
- 2 - Integrate digital marketing
- Digital marketing in an acquisition and loyalty strategy.
- Natural referencing (SEO): a determining asset.
- Audience measurement (analytics ) to optimize marketing actions.
- Landing pages: a customer-centric approach.
- CRM at the service of performance: function, objectives and available solutions.
- Personalization of customer relations and marketing automation.
- The key invoices for successful customer conversion.
- Aim for the convergence of marketing, sales, customer relations and IT functions .
- New commercial approaches (social selling, remote selling).
- 3 - Addressing digital business technologies
- The central role of the IT department in the digitalization of the company.
- Principle of urbanization of IS: technical fundamentals.
- Digitalize the workstation: digital workplace and digital collaborator.
- The cybersecurity of a company: risks and analysis study.
- Adapt the IS to digital challenges (BYOD, shadow IT, data opening, etc.).
- Integrate the mobile terminals in digital transformation.
- Deploy Cloud and SaaS solutions.
- Business Analytics and Optimization (BAO) technologies.
24PART 3: Impact of digital on management (3 days)
- 1 - Activate the key success factors in a digital transformation project
- The role of HR in digital transformation.
- The integration of a new skills framework.
- Develop the digital agility of employees.
- Identify the obstacles to digital transformation, decipher cultural inhibitions.
- New generations, new values.
- Role and responsibilities of management in digital transformation.
- Establish a digital governance system.
- 2 - Manage the impacts of collaboration on management
- Managing with collaborative tools.
- Animating internal communities.
- Using corporate social networks.
- Management collaborative, hybrid management.
- Scenario
- Scenario exercise for collaborative work with an online tool.
- 3 - Rely on new management methods
- The principles of agile culture and “test and learn”.
- From agile project to agile management.
- Instilling an entrepreneurial spirit .
- New modes of collaboration: partnership and collective relationship, right to fail, new work spaces.
- The influence of start-ups in the functioning of the company.
- The contributions of leadership to management.
- The new organizational models.
Certification with tutoring from the E-commerce Manager cycle
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 8 Days (56 Hours)
Description
As online sales continue to grow, the number of e-commerce sites is increasing at the same speed! The challenge is always present for the e-commerce manager: increasing sales. This comprehensive course in e-commerce management allows participants to succeed in this challenge.
Who is this training for ?
For whomE-commerce manager, sales manager, webmarketing manager in charge or recently appointed.
Anyone interested in starting an online business.

None
Training objectives
Acquire the principles, approach and essential tools to develop site sales
Integrate the key steps to manage the e-commerce project, appropriate the main drivers of traffic generation, conversion and loyalty
Determine the keys to an omnichannel strategy
Use of data and performance indicators to support customer experience
27Training program
Define your e-commerce strategy
- 1 - What decisions should you make to launch or develop your website?
- The drivers of e-commerce growth, the key figures.
- BtoB and BtoC, what are the differences?
- Understanding customer expectations.
- The latest trends to plan and anticipate.
- The marketplace, a must?
- Define your target, work on your personas to define your positioning.
- Modeling and business plan for an e-site commerce: what are the quantitative and qualitative KPIs to follow:
- visit time, bounce rate, exit page…
- The profitability of an e-commerce site: the
- 3 - Adopt the functionalities of e-commerce sites:
- Choose your e-commerce platform: Woocommerce, Shopify, Prestashop .
- Logistics challenges: supply, storage, delivery, e-shops and dropshipping.
- Online payment solutions and secure transactions: PSP.
- On the road to M-commerce: the web in the age of all smartphones.
- 4 - Manage the e-commerce project:
- The functional specifications.
- The tree structure.
- The design of the e-commerce interfaces ( UX/CX): page zoning.
- The graphic and editorial charter.
- The key stages of e-commerce project management.
- The risk management.
- Practical application: Define the indicators for monitoring your e-commerce activity for your management, establish the key elements of your project.
28Generate traffic and optimize conversion
- 1 - Analyze the customer's purchasing journey
- On-line marketing: trends.
- The e-shopper's purchasing journey: stages and key decision moments (ZMOT).
- The
- The web equation: traffic conversion rate Know the rules of e-merchandising to support the site navigation strategy.
- The Home Page, the search page, the product page, the order tunnel.
- Focus on the search engine.
- 3 - Pull the levers to generate traffic
- Search engine marketing (SEM): paid referencing (SEA), natural referencing (SEO) ), Adwords and Google Shopping.
- The levers of traffic creation: display, retargeting, emails and competitions.
- Affiliation and partnerships.
- Comparison engines, feed aggregators.
- The
- SEA: make an adword, best practices.
- SMO: use social media.
- Adopt the right content strategy and do curation.
- 4 - Promote conversion and loyalty
- Sales promotion mechanisms in e-commerce.
- Three fundamental rules of e-commerce: personalization, reassurance and responsiveness.
- Commercial reactivation.
- E-loyalty programs.
- Practical implementation:
- Improve your website to optimize traffic and conversions , the average basket.
- Use traffic levers to build an audience linked to your target personas.
29Develop omnichannel
- 1 - Deploy m-commerce on smartphones and tablets
- M-commerce infrastructure:
- specificities;
- differences uses between smartphone and computer;
- customer obstacles, how to overcome them.
- Commerce on smartphones, tablets and connected objects:
- issues, evolution and performance levers.
- Using the specific features of mobile to generate value:
- geolocation and traffic generation;
- NFC and payment;
- use of camera and voice search;
- augmented reality;
- advantages and disadvantages of an application versus a mobile website.
- 2 - Develop social commerce on social media
- Social networks: strategy to be developed according to the networks.
- Social shopping: experiences and good practices.
- Make impactful posts.
- Generate engagement.
- Manage bad buzz.
- 3 - Define omnichannel commerce strategies
- Omnichannel distribution strategies: how to move from multi-channel to omnichannel, how to manage cross-channel.
- Phygital: enriching the consumer experience thanks to the connected point of sale.
- Retailer experiences to invent the store of the future.
- Associating e-commerce with traditional commerce.
- 4 - Building action plans using data
- Using Google Analytics: the fundamentals, the main tabs.
- Which indicators to look at, how to analyze them.
- What action plans to put in place.
Certification with tutoring from the Webmarketing Manager cycle
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Faced with the explosion of digital technology, Web marketing offers numerous development opportunities for the company. This training will give you the keys to implementing an effective digital marketing strategy and will allow you to manage your web marketing actions and monitor its performance.
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing managers and/or digital marketing managers.

- No special knowledge.
Training objectives
- Learn the fundamentals of digital marketing and understand the challenges
- Build a digital marketing strategy
- Acquire the methods to deploy it
- Define and choose the appropriate tools
- Monitor and develop your strategy
32Training program
Digital marketing: principles and issues
- Know the four phases of evolution of digital marketing: from search engines to the Internet of Things...
- Identify how technologies are profoundly changing consumer uses.
- Analysis of Gartner's Hype Cycle.
- Understanding the necessary transformation of businesses in the digital age and the impacts on marketing.
- Focus on the six pillars of digital transformation according to McKinsey.
- Big Data and e-CRM.
Integrate digital into marketing strategies
- Integrate digital into its marketing/communication strategy.
- Prepare the company to deploy digital marketing.
- Understand the challenges of the different stakeholders.
- Know how to put together the right teams.
- Discover the BTC methodology: from the audit to action plans on the different points of contact.
- Identify the issues digital for brands and the importance of becoming Digital Friendly.
- Moving from exposure to engagement.
33Discover the developments in digital marketing in the age of data
- Move from emailing to a multi-channel relational program.
- Discover marketing automation and new scenario possibilities.
- Understand the different types of Data available for businesses and knowing how to differentiate them.
- Understand the online advertising revolution: from media planning to audience planning and programmatic.
- Understand the evolution of purchasing methods and the new possibilities for marketing targeting.
- Organize yourself in the face of the new challenges and opportunities offered by Data for digital.
- Understand the technical dimensions of Data Management Platform platforms ( DMP) and Customer Data Platform (CDP).
Define and develop a winning and effective digital strategy
- Positioning the company: internal digital and competitive audit SWOT, PESTEL...
- Mapping your digital customer journey: adapting your digital marketing plan.
- Identification of digital marketing actions to be carried out via the definition of SMART objectives.
- SEO techniques, keys to the company's digital visibility.
- Paid, Owned and Earn Media (POEM), the principles of acquisition.
- The levers: branding, performance.
34Deployment methods and tools
- Understand the levers of web marketing, display, e-mailing, content marketing.
- From Outbound Marketing to Inbound Marketing, evolution of consumers' digital expectations.
- Perfect levers to create awareness and generate leads.
- Use inbound marketing to convert leads into qualified contacts then into customers and ambassadors.
- Use and mix social networks and knowing how to manage your Community Management.
- Lead Nurturing and Marketing Automation: the keys to optimizing your digital performance.
Plan and budget your digital campaign
- Implementation of a campaign schedule.
- Construction of the budget: formulation of traffic and conversion hypotheses, calculation of associated costs...
- The tools available: Gantter...
- Performance measurement: tracking.
- What performance indicators and why?
- Analysis and management of results. tools: Google Analytics, Omniture,...
- Organization of reporting: creation of personalized dashboards on Google Data Studio.
- Definition of an action plan.
Internal communication and corporate social networks
★★★★★
- MR-9
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training in corporate social networks will allow you to boost your Intranet and prepare your company for the new challenges of corporate social networks.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None.
Training objectives
Use the tools of the collaborative Intranet and the corporate social network.
Create and lead internal communities.
37Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
Collaborative intranet: using new communication tools
- New uses and employee expectations.
- Sharing and curation tools: Mashups, RSS, widgets, blogs, wikis,...
- Optimize your intranet for smartphones and tablets.
Organize and manage network information
- Manage information and documentation (GED, CMS, Workflow...).
- From the intranet to the extranet: the opening of the platforms.
- Legal specificities.
Rethinking the Intranet: corporate social networks
- Internal communication and networked communities: impacts and challenges.
- Professions: contributors, community managers, curators.
- Social network platforms business.
Bringing to life and animating the collaborative Intranet or the CSR
- Enrich content (videos, podcasts, etc.).
- Internal community management: newsletter, chat, games, competitions, questionnaires, serious games,...
- Take advantage attendance analysis tools.
After face-to-face, implementation in a work situation
- A strengthening program: "One challenge per week for 7 weeks".
Community Management
★★★★★
- MR-159
- 2 Days ( Hours)
Description
Community Management training is designed to give participants the skills needed to effectively manage online communities. During this training, participants will learn social media communication strategies, content management and editorial planning, as well as community interaction and comment management. Additionally, participants will explore how to analyze performance and key indicators (KPIs) to assess the effectiveness of their community management strategies.
Who is this training for ?
For whomThis training is aimed at marketing professionals, social media managers, entrepreneurs, communications managers, bloggers and anyone interested in online community management.

No specific prerequisites are necessary, but basic knowledge of social media and a general understanding of digital marketing would be beneficial.
Training objectives
Acquire a clear vision of the role and impact of Community Management.
Become familiar with the functionalities and uses of different social platforms.
Develop relevant communication strategies adapted to specific objectives.
Produce attractive content and captivating to drive online community engagement.
Proactively interact with the community, fostering a positive environment and responding effectively to feedback and needs.
Evaluate the performance of actions taken and optimize strategies accordingly results obtained.
40Training program
Introduction au Community Management
- Understanding the role and importance of Community Management
- History and evolution of social media
- Introduction to the main social platforms
Communication Strategies on Social Media
- Development of an effective communication strategy
- Identification of the target audience and objectives
- Creation of engaging and relevant content
Content Management and Editorial Planning
- Developing an editorial calendar
- Using content management tools
- Optimizing content for different platforms
Analysis of Performance and Key Indicators (KPIs)
- Selection of relevant KPIs to evaluate performance
- Use of analysis tools to measure the impact of Community Management activities
- Adaptation of strategies according to results obtained
Using Community Management Tools
- Introduction to popular community management tools
- Hands-on demonstrations and exercises using the tools
- Tips for choosing the right tools for specific needs
Data et marketing
★★★★★
- MR-11
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Effective marketing today is driven by data. Studying and taking into account data allows us to measure changes in behavior and the market at any time. Visibility that offers the possibility of launching appropriate and specific actions in real time. This internship will allow you to integrate data-driven strategies and practices to improve your marketing performance.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
- Master the fundamentals of marketing and digital communication.
Training objectives
Rethink marketing strategies through a data-driven vision
43Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
Understanding the Data-Marketing landscape
- Data, big data and smart data.
- Key concepts of data marketing and marketing automation.
- Data typologies and analytics.
- Integrate the new GDPR and e-privacy rules.
The impacts of data on the customer experience
- Modify value creation processes.
- The single customer view (RCU).
- From CRM to CRM 360.
- Improve the customer journey.
- Use cases (micro-segmentation, predictive marketing).
Define your marketing automation actions
- Understand the functionalities of a marketing automation platform: emailing, landing page, scoring, workflows.
- The possibilities offered by marketing automation.
- Prepare scenarios and the corresponding workflows.
- Automate tasks for a campaign.
- Best practices in marketing automation (nurturing, content, reminders, etc.).
- Choose a marketing automation platform.
44The impacts of data on advertising performance
- Programmatic advertising and RTB.
- DMP, CDP, new architectures of marketing performance.
- Ad-verification tools and investment allocation.
After face-to-face - Implementation in a work situation
- A strengthening program: "one challenge per week for 7 weeks". A digital course to practice in a work situation. An activity personalized to your challenges.
Define and deploy your marketing strategy
★★★★★
- MR-163
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
The most delicate mission of marketing lies in making decisions that strongly commit the brand or company: choice of positioning and target markets, relevant integration of digital levers. This training in strategic marketing provides essential practical and methodological benchmarks.
Who is this training for ?
For whom- Director and marketing manager, product manager, brand manager, market manager.

- Master the fundamentals of marketing.
Training objectives
- Acquire a complete and current vision of strategic marketing and its influence on the company
- Integrate new digital practices
- Appropriate decision support models
47Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
Marketing strategy: the approach
- The keys to marketing strategy.
- The pillars of digital marketing.
- The challenges of customer experience.
- The impact of sustainable development and CSR.
Strategic marketing: external audit
- Data and analytics: new levers for customer listening.
- The market life cycle approach.
- Porter's 5 forces: identify competition.
Market segmentation
- The tree and segmentation criteria.
- Analysis of needs and behaviors.
Analysis strategies and models
- Decision support models: BCG, Kinsey, ADL.
- SWOT.
- Strategic approaches: Ansoff, Porter, Kotler and Blue Ocean.
- The POEM.
Develop a positioning
- Marketing that combines branding and performance.
- Differentiation strategies.
- The positioning approach.
48Deploy the marketing strategy
- Integrate the forces of digital marketing.
- Structure of a marketing plan.
- The digital marketing mix.
After face-to-face, implementation in a work situation
- An e-learning module "SWOT diagnosis" and a strengthening program: "One challenge per week for 7 weeks".
E-merchandising
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This course is for you! We know that merchandising results in more and better sales in stores. Do better on your e-commerce site: with all the online sales data, e-merchandising is even more effective.
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing manager, digital project manager or e-commerce site.

- Aucun
Training objectives
Choose the measures to put in place to optimize the commercial efficiency of your online sales site
51Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
Define e-merchandising
- Objectives of e-merchandising.
- E-merchandising on the merchant site.
- Off-site e-merchandising.
Customer purchasing journey and key decision moments
- The stages of the purchasing journey.
- The elements of reassurance.
- Personalization.
- The mobile version.
Organize your offer to transform the Internet user into a buyer
- The home page, showcase of the online store.
- Navigation strategy: internal search engine and navigation bar.
- Optimize lists and files products.
- The order tunnel, a moment of friction to be resolved.
Sales promotion mechanisms in e-commerce
- Develop the average basket: cross-sell, up-sell, packaged offers, different types of promotions.
- The marketing calendar and the commercial animation plan.
- Manage online sales spaces.
- Best practices for online loyalty.
52Key performance indicators (KPIs)
- The KPIs to follow.
- Measure and analyze them.
After face-to-face - Implementation in a work situation
- A strengthening program: "One challenge per week for 7 weeks".
Use your marketing database
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
The customer database is a key element of a company's marketing strategy. This training will teach you how to effectively exploit your database for more efficient campaigns and increased profitability.
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing manager, direct marketing, customer marketing, relationship marketing, digital marketing. Database manager.

- None.
Training objectives
- Optimize the management and control of your database
- Use the different types of segmentation, scoring and data mining processing
55Training program
Integrate data into customer marketing
- Transactional marketing vs relationship marketing.
- Performance levers.
- The key areas for exploiting customer data.
- The fundamentals of big data.
Master the ingredients of data marketing
- Data architectures.
- From the CRM tool to the CRM tool 0.
- Issues and contributions of the RCU (single customer repository).
- How to enter a smart data process.
- Data typologies.
Use your database effectively
- Cleaning the data set.
- Deduplication and deduplication.
- The contributions of the different segmentation and scoring logics.
- The foundations datamining.
- The keys to enriching the database.
56Capitalize on data to develop customer value
- Lifetime value, acquisition, animation and engagement.
- Exploitation of data within the customer journey.
- The different types of triggers.
- The new drivers of personalization.
- Measuring and managing campaign performance.
Google analytics: improve your site and make your actions profitable
★★★★★
- MR-15
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training in Google analytics allows you to understand and interpret the results of audience measurement to strengthen the effectiveness of your online campaigns. Know how Internet users arrive on your site, trace their journey, see what interests them... to improve traffic and make your site profitable. This is the challenge of web analytics: to qualify your visitors and transform your prospects into customers. This training will also be a useful aid in obtaining Google analytics certification.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
- Knowledge of the basics of the web.
Training objectives
Use Google analytics to improve the performance of your website.
Define Key Performance Indicators (KPIs).
59Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
Key Performance Indicators (KPIs)
- Define the objectives: traffic, notoriety, leads, etc.
- Performance indicators: content, ergonomics, contrition...
- Calculation of Return on Investment (KING).
Audience measurement solutions
- Audience measurement technologies.
- Solutions: Google Analytics/Universal Analytics, Xiti/AT Internet, Weborama, Ominture...
- Additional solutions: competitive analysis, online surveys, A/B Testing...
Deployment of the Google tool
- Analytics Marking of content, actions, conversions.
- Marking of advertising campaigns.
- Marking of social networks.
- Marking of mobile sites and applications.
Advanced Features
- Tagging plan.
- Custom segments; alerts; views and filters.
- Custom variables and values; DataLayers.
Setting up reporting
- Automatic reports, dashboards.
- Format, sending frequency, analysis period.
- Customize reports.
60Statistics and corrective actions
- Optimize your campaigns: SEO, SEA, emailing, banners,...
- Increase the conversion rate and the funnel.
After face-to-face, implementation in a work situation
- A strengthening program "One challenge per week for 7 weeks".
Graphic designer
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 9 Days (63 Hours)
Description
This training in the profession of graphic designer-model designer goes beyond the InDesign-Photoshop-Illustrator trilogy. It will teach you the basics of layout professions, such as typography, layout and text-image ratio. This will allow you to professionally apply desktop publishing software. You will also gain strong graphic design knowledge to support your use of the tools.
Who is this training for ?
For whomAnyone wishing to acquire the basics of the profession of graphic designer and model maker.

- Be comfortable with the computer and office automation.
Training objectives
- Acquire essential mastery of graphics and DTP tools
- Develop your knowledge in terms of graphic design
- Master the basics of layout
- Master the fundamentals of software: Photoshop; Illustrator; InDesign
63Training program
Layout with InDesign
- Acquire the basics of visual expression: principles of graphic communication; identify the targets of documents and their requirements; analyze the content and objectives; the main rules of layout.
- Become familiar with InDesign: the basic principles: manipulate and manage blocks (placement, duplication, alignment, etc.); the contextual control palette.
- Work with text and typography: enter, select and modify text; character and paragraph control palettes; typographic management techniques: fixed and automatic spacing, approach, hyphenation, spaces... styles.
- Manage blocks: chaining and multi-columnization; import texts and images.
- Layout: the page panel and templates; liquid layouts and automatic resizing.
Photo processing with Photoshop
- Discover the possibilities of Photoshop: presentation of different creations; exchanges between Photoshop and layout software.
- Become familiar with the software: personalize and save your workspace; learn to navigate in Photoshop and adjust its working interface; open an image with Bridge; save as, save for the Web.
- Acquire the essential theoretical bases: color spaces for the Web and print; resolution of an image according to its final destination.
- Frame, adapt the size of the image: modify the dimension and resolution of an image free framing and fixed framing and tilt.
- Select an image area: classic selection tools; add or subtract selections; memorize the selections made and modify them.
- The improve contour function: production functions; layers; the text; simple filters.
- Simple retouching: discovery of retouching tools; use of the content modes taken into account.
Infographics with Illustrator
- Discover Illustrator: the different types of illustrations; exchanges with the software in the suite; the interface and the working environment; the document: formats, work plans and colorimetric modes; the modes of display plots and preview, zoom and hand tool.
- Draw and color with Illustrator: geometric tools; color.
- Transform objects: functions; associate, isolate, join... transformation tools; shape gradients; optimize your creations; the color guide;
Operational marketing
★★★★★
- MR-163
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Resolutely focused on results and customers, this operational marketing training offers a complete approach to effectively build, implement and manage an omnichannel operational action plan, consistent with the marketing strategy.
By integrating new digital platforms, it proposes building an operational strategy based on characters and integrating the creation of relevant content.
In an omnichannel and phygital logic, it offers an overview of the different communication actions, specifying the objectives and specificities of each. to enable the implementation of appropriate action plans that meet your objectives. Management tools and dashboards also make it possible to measure the effectiveness of actions.
Who is this training for ?
For whom- Operational marketing manager taking up position, operational
- Marketing and communication project manager.

- Aucun.
Training objectives
- Alignment of marketing and operational strategy
- Implement an omnichannel and phygital operational marketing plan
- Manage and evaluate the performance of communications activities
- Optimization of commercial synergy
66Training program
Integrate the key stages of the operational marketing approach
- Align marketing and operational strategy.
- Establish a coherent omnichannel communication strategy: OMNICOM approach.
- Define communication objectives.
- Build and target your personas.
- Define your content strategy with ABM.
Build the omnichannel marketing plan
- The key stages of building the plan.
- The creative work plan and the brand platform.
- Using marketing automation to build omnichannel campaigns.
Use relevant omnichannel operational actions
- Website and SEO (SEM, SEO, SEA).
- Media on and off line. (TV, radio, programmatic native display)
- RP on and off line (trade show, press kit, webinar, white paper).
- Direct on and off line marketing (emailing, newsletter, SMS).
- On and off line relational marketing ( clubs, social networks).
- Brand advocacy and social selling.
- Influencer marketing.
- Ensuring the consistency of actions: the POEM model.
67Build synergy with salespeople
- The marketing-sales-customer service synergy, the sales enablement approach.
- Develop appropriate sales pitches.
- Create marketing support materials. digital and dynamic sales.
- The commercial action plan.
Manage actions and measure results
- Evaluate the budget and resources necessary for implementation.
- Management tools.
- Build your dashboard and key indicators by actions.
The keys to e-commerce
★★★★★
- MR-18
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
E-commerce is now establishing itself as an essential sales channel. To take advantage of the growth in e-commerce, you want to define an e-commerce strategy that delivers results, generate traffic to your site and develop sales. This is the purpose of this e-commerce training.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None.
Training objectives
Learn the keys and the approach to generate traffic and convert Internet users.
Acquire the basics to implement a cross-channel e-commerce strategy.
70Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
Identify the keys to e-commerce
- The framework: logistics, online payment, delivery and platforms.
- Purchasing behavior and buyer typologies.
- Big data at its service customer knowledge.
Optimize the economic model
- The basics of the economic model and ROI.
- Optimize the conversion funnel.
- Key indicators and axes of analysis.
E-merchandising: improving the assortment
- From behavioral analysis to e-merchandising.
- Key areas and highlighting: zoom, videos, chatbots, retargeting...
- Personalize it customer experience (UX/CX).
Generate traffic and convert
- Mixer les actions : e-mailing, display, retargeting, affiliate, marketplaces, blogs, SEO, SEA, ...
- Utiliser push produit, up-selling, cross-selling et inbound marketing.
Implement the multichannel e-commerce strategy
- Structure the system around the customer journey.
- Models: web to store, mobile to store to web, store to web...
- CRM and synergy between channels.
After face-to-face, implementation in a work situation
- A strengthening program: one challenge per week for 7 weeks.
The keys to digital marketing
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training provides you with all the skills you need to succeed in marketing in the digital age. By understanding the strategic challenges and operational levers of digital, you will be able to improve the performance of your overall marketing strategy. Through a pragmatic vision and broad sharing of best practices, transposition within your company will be facilitated.< /p>
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing manager, product manager and market manager. Digital marketing project manager taking up position.

None
Training objectives
Acquire the skills and tools necessary to develop a digital marketing strategy
73Training program
Marketing in the digital age - a new model
- New behaviors, new marketing levers.
- Tech and data-driven marketing.
- Digital economic models.
- Develop a marketing strategy. omnichannel distribution.
Identify all the levers of digital performance
- Understand the web ecosystem.
- Take ownership of SEO strategies.
- Spot social media and influencer marketing opportunities.
- Content marketing, the backbone of marketing in the digital age.
Make new customer journeys a performance accelerator
- Integrate all forms of communication with the customer: the POEM model.
- Traffic acquisition, outbound and inbound marketing.
- Understand and manage the conversion tunnel .
- E-mailing, landing pages, content... integrate the new rules of the game.
The 4 conditions of marketing performance
- Know and respect the regulatory framework and privacy.
- Adapt your toolbox: martechs and adtechs.
- Adopt relevant indicators for your activity.
- Anticipate future developments (metaverse, NFT, live shopping, etc.).
The fundamentals of digital and social networks
★★★★★
- MR-20
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Digital, social networks… What are they? New generation applications, and new uses where the Internet user becomes an actor. Sociological changes which rely on major technical innovations. This training will allow you to take stock of these new tools, understand how the French use them and what interest they present for businesses.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
- Be comfortable using the computer and surfing the Internet.
Training objectives
Measure the challenges of new uses of digital and social media.
Become familiar with social networks and their mode of operation.
Decipher the uses that companies make of them.
76Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
Identify new uses of digital
- Internet users as actors of their communication.
- Define the notions of Web 2.0, social Web, collaborative Web and collective intelligence.
Social media overview
- Definition, uses and key figures of social networks and media: Facebook, Twitter, Linkedin, Viadeo, Pinterest, Instagram, Snapchat,…
- Blogs, wikis: what uses for business ?
Use networks and social media
- Facebook: The different formats: profile, page, group. How brands use business pages. Facebook's Edge Rank. Advertising on Facebook.
- Instagram: How it works and specifics . What use by companies? Create an effective publication and choose your hashtags.
- Twitter: Features and uses: tweet, hashtag, followers... Interest for a company.
- Linkedin and Slideshare: Individual professional uses: how to optimize your profile? Interest and uses by companies. Use Slideshare to find professional content.
- YouTube channel: what place in companies' social media systems?
- Picture marketing: communicate through images with Instagram, Pinterest, Snapchat.
- Live video: Twitter (Periscope), Facebook Live, YouTube Live,...
E-reputation and online monitoring
- Digital identity, personal branding and e-reputation: the importance of the search engine.
- Set up a monitoring system.
After face-to-face - Implementation in a work situation
- A strengthening program: "One challenge per week for 7 weeks", to help you implement your training.
Marketing tools for sales forces
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Faced with new digital practices, synergy between marketing and sales force is more necessary than ever to strengthen performance. How to optimize the sharing of information or put the marketing strategy into practice on the ground? This training allows you to integrate operational tools and the most recent practices.
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing manager, sales manager. Product manager, market manager, marketing project manager, sales promotion manager.

None.
Training objectives
- Identify marketing-sales collaboration opportunities
- Use marketing tools to develop effective and appropriate sales support materials
- Integrate new digital practices for the benefit of efficiency
79Training program
Marketing-sales synergy at the heart of company performance
- The place of customers and the evolution of professions.
- The
- The key points of collaboration.
Collection and sharing of key information: market, customers, competition
- The needs of each actor for a better contribution.
- Use the best sources, off and on line.
- The key digital tools to facilitate collaboration and sharing.
Translate the marketing plan into a commercial action plan
- Marketing-sales alignment: sharing the issues and objectives.
- Getting the sales force to adhere to the marketing plan.
- Ensuring consistency between the marketing plan operational and commercial action plan.
- Optimize customer acquisition with the conversion tunnel and social selling.
- Define and share indicators for monitoring marketing activity- sale.
Develop impactful sales support materials
- Build the commercial argument: CAB, REPERES.
- Arguments, product sheets and marketing-sales book.
- Use the power of digital tools: digital book, exploitation of virtual or augmented reality, interactive arguments, audio or video supports, dashboards.
- Provide salespeople with the content necessary for brand advocacy and social selling.
Innovation Marketing
★★★★★
- MR-22
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Innovation is the driving force of a sustainable company. Marketing plays a driving role: generating new ideas, detecting opportunities, selecting and validating value-bearing innovations, defining the launch strategy, etc. This training in innovation marketing aims to structure a complex approach to maximize its chances of success.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Acquire the innovation marketing approach.
Adapt the marketing tools that allow you to generate new ideas.
Know how to define new business areas.
82Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
Challenges
- The different typologies of innovation.
- Innovation seen by innovators.
- The challenges of innovation: why innovate? The marketing approach of innovation.
Encourage the generation of new ideas
- Challenging paradigms: from product to customer experience.
- Identifying discontinuities in the environment.
- Marketing monitoring and analysis tools.
- Take inspiration from consumer or customer insights.
- Observe the customer journey.
- Discover simple ideation and cross-fertilization.
Seize growth and business opportunities Evaluation of innovations and strategic choice: validation criteria.
- From the analysis of the activity portfolio to the choice of new business areas.
- Define the development plan: opportunity mapping.
After face-to-face, implementation in a work situation
- A reinforcement program to help you implement your training.
Marketing for non-marketers
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Thanks to this marketing training, you will be able to master marketing processes and practices adapted to new trends and developments in the digital world. You will thus be able to play an informed role in the marketing process and implement relevant action plans for your business.
Who is this training for ?
For whom- Any person in charge of marketing and communication projects who does not have training in these professions.

- Aucun.
Training objectives
- Identify the role and contribution of marketing within the company
- Become an actor in the marketing process and performance
- Imagine new areas of value creation
85Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
Marketing: what for?
- The key stages of the marketing process.
- The levers of value creation.
- The contributions of digital.
Marketing in a digital world
- New customer behaviors.
- New interactions.
- Technologies serving marketing performance.
Le diagnostic marketing
- The stages of marketing diagnosis.
- The 3 pillar practices of marketing analysis.
- From analysis to diagnosis: the SWOT matrix.
The marketing strategy
- Segment and target your priority markets.
- Keys of differentiation and positioning.
The marketing mix in the digital age
- The new drivers of the price-product strategy.
- The omnichannel distribution mix.
- Write the communication plan.
Le plan marketing
- Be involved in the marketing plan.
- Identify the right management tools.
86Contribute to marketing
- Adopt a transversal approach to marketing.
- Become a contributor to marketing performance.
Relationship marketing, CRM, e-CRM
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
CRM is making a comeback in organizations. This training provides tools and methods to improve their customer relationship action plan and strengthen their customer capital throughout their journey. So that relationship marketing contributes to the objectives of loyalty and development of customer relationships, this training takes into account the constraints relating to data confidentiality (“first data party”) and also focuses on automated marketing.
Who is this training for ?
For whom- Marketing manager, customer marketing and relationship marketing.
- Product manager, market manager, sales manager.

There are no necessary prerequisites.
Training objectives
- Use a strategic approach to CRM to improve the practical use of the CRM tool
- Learn the methods and approaches to segment relationship marketing actions
- Design automated marketing scenarios for each important stage of the customer journey
89Training program
Identify the customer journey
- The “customer centrics” approach: analysis and 360° knowledge of the customer.
- Determine customer value.
- Identify the criteria linked to customer loyalty.
Building multi-channel relationship marketing
- Segment your customers throughout their journey.
- Segmentations, typologies and behaviors.
- The RADAR decision-making matrix: identify targets and define actions.
Focus on Databases and CRM
- Taking advantage of customer data in the era of GDPR and
- Assessing the challenges of CRM.
- A unique vision of the customer , what data to use?
- The different modules of CRM tools.
Automate your campaigns to develop value
- Marketing automation in addition to the CRM tool to:
- generate content
- meet customer expectations
- script the 'sending emails/sms and creating workflows at key moments in the customer journey.
- Distil and distribute valuable content throughout the customer journey.
- Automate management of its campaigns to identify leads and develop customer relationships.
- Develop campaign automation scenarios.
90Strengthen multichannel actions
- Choose your digital media.
- Monitor the main performance indicators.
- Build your dashboards.
Optimizing the customer experience through digital
★★★★★
- MR-160
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Mobile applications, blogs, social networks... Customers have more and more tools to get to know and connect with brands. He is increasingly informed, wise and demanding. These changes brought about by the advent of digital tools transform marketing and bring new marketing reflexes such as customer experience (UX), the notion of commitment or customer centric management. This training allows you to understand the impacts of this transformation in order to identify the key success factors of a customer-oriented marketing strategy as well as its management tools.
Who is this training for ?
For whomResponsable marketing et commercial. Responsable communication.

None
Training objectives
Identify and understand the challenges of digital.
Identify the impact of digital on the BtoB and BtoC customer.
Master the challenges of omnichannel customer journeys.
Understand the challenges of customer experience and the notion of commitment .
93Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
The impact of digital for customers The end of the 4 Ps for more relational and emotional marketing. The impact of digital on the customer journey and touchpoints. New professions for customer experience: CX/UX. The diagnosis of the experience
- Choice of strategies in terms of customer experience: focus on case studies.
- Differences with customer relationship strategies.
The components of the digital customer experience
- Understanding customer emotions and needs to generate engagement.
- Priority digital contact points and channels.
- A brand message adapted to the relationship with the customer.
- Useful tools at each stage (e-mailing; telephone; mobile app; connected store; e-merchandising; social media;...).
Managing the customer experience
- KPI's to be defined.
- Data (CX, Net Promoter Score...) and dashboards.
- Implement a satisfaction barometer.
- The co-construction of new customer experiences.
After face-to-face, implementation in a work situation
- A reinforcement program to help me implement the training.
Customer Experience Journey
★★★★★
- MR-163
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
The training teaches the methods and tools necessary to build effective customer journeys, in line with growing customer expectations. Participants will discover new techniques such as Customer Journey, Experience Map, Blue Print and best practices to adopt. Remote workshops and co-construction tools will facilitate practical implementation.
Who is this training for ?
For whom- It is aimed at managers and managers of customer experience, customer relations, marketing, digital marketing, CRM, operations and the Directors of these functions.
- It may also be of interest to IT and Human Resources managers (employee experience).

- To follow this training, you are required to master the fundamentals of marketing and customer relations.
Training objectives
- Understand the new challenges of Customer Experience, the methods to implement and the mistakes to avoid
- Identify on which axes to structure your Customer Experience approach in order to initiate and sustain a human-centered Customer Experience approach
- Master new challenges and know where, when and how to optimize new phygital customer journeys in order to increase customer engagement and performance
- Concretely adopt the latest collaborative design methods from Persona, and map customer journeys “Customer Journey / Experience Mapping”
96Training program
MODULE 1: Mastering the pillars of customer expertise transformation (3h30)
- 1. Use Design Thinking and agility to design your future experience
- Understand the contribution of each universe: UX, UI, Design Thinking, Service Design to Experience Design .
- What methods to prioritize your CX projects?
- Method for designing future courses: The story board, the Blue Print, ...
- Workshop 6: Workshop of Prioritization of CX projects
- 2. Manage your customer experience and KPIs to implement
- Implement the key Customer Experience indicators
- Manage the experience customer in real time
- Final workshop: Determine your personal action plan
97MODULE 2: Knowing how to diagnose your customer experience and journey (3h30)
- 1. Use Design Thinking and agility to design your future experience
- Understand the contribution of each universe: UX, UI, Design Thinking, Service Design to Experience Design .
- What methods to prioritize your CX projects?
- Method for designing future courses: The story board, the Blue Print, ...
- Workshop 6: Workshop of Prioritization of CX projects
- 2. Manage your customer experience and KPIs to implement
- Implement the key Customer Experience indicators
- Manage the experience customer in real time
- Final workshop: Determine your personal action plan
98MODULE 3: Transform with the customer journey and the experience map (3h30)
- 1. Use Design Thinking and agility to design your future experience
- Understand the contribution of each universe: UX, UI, Design Thinking, Service Design to Experience Design .
- What methods to prioritize your CX projects?
- Method for designing future courses: The story board, the Blue Print, ...
- Workshop 6: Workshop of Prioritization of CX projects
- 2. Manage your customer experience and KPIs to implement
- Implement the key Customer Experience indicators
- Manage the experience customer in real time
- Final workshop: Determine your personal action plan
99MODULE 4: Designing your future experience with experience design & design thinking (3h30)
- 1. Use Design Thinking and agility to design your future experience
- Understand the contribution of each universe: UX, UI, Design Thinking, Service Design to Experience Design .
- What methods to prioritize your CX projects?
- Method for designing future courses: The story board, the Blue Print, ...
- Workshop 6: Workshop of Prioritization of CX projects
- 2. Manage your customer experience and KPIs to implement
- Implement the key Customer Experience indicators
- Manage the experience customer in real time
- Final workshop: Determine your personal action plan
Manage a web project
★★★★★
- MR-180
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Pilot a Web project, manage the creation or redesign of a Website, know how to make the right decisions, develop your site, analyze customer behavior, monitor investments, interact with service providers... This internship will help you will allow you to acquire a real general culture of website management with a global digital approach (web, social media, mobile, etc.).
Who is this training for ?
For whom- Website manager.
- Marketing and digital communications manager.
- Web project manager.

- Aucun.
Training objectives
- Manage the creation or redesign of a website
- Measure investments, understand the vocabulary, work well with a service provider
102Training program
The scope of a digital project
- An evolution of customer relations and the omnichannel approach (website, social media, mobile equipment, etc.).
- Understand the evolution of the business world to lead an internal digital project.
- The Web eco-system and its new professions.
Design the web project Write the specifications.
- Project planning (Gantt chart, subdivision, sprints, etc.).
- Carry out the call for tenders.
- Choice of service provider and the contract.
- Financial approach.
Manage the web project V-cycle methodology and method
- Agile (advantages and disadvantages).
- Adapting agility to its context.
- The actors of a Digital project (working with service providers).
- Predictive analysis (KPI, indicators, TdB, ROI...).
- Visibility and SEO (SEM, SEA, SEO, SMO).
103Technology
- The major trends (DevOps, Big Data, IOT, AI, Chat Bots, ...).
- The fundamentals of the Web and its languages.
- The mobile strategy (mobile application, WebApp and Responsive Web Design Site).
- CMS and information processing workflow.
- Collaborative tools (co-creation of content, management collaborative project, CSR...).
- Cloud and SaaS hosting solutions.
Digital Manager
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 9 Days (63 Hours)
Description
Digital is shaking up the economic situation and only well-prepared companies will succeed. Companies need an identified and well-trained contact person to lead their transformation towards digital. This training cycle allows the person responsible for digital to appropriate new economic models, to identify the skills and technologies necessary for the company, to equip managers to deploy a digital strategy that will drive growth for the company. .
Who is this training for ?
For whomManager, Strategy Manager. Business Unit Manager, Sales or Marketing Manager. Future Digital Manager of the company: digital director, Head of digital, Chief digital officer, ... Consultant, and any person in charge of the digital transformation of the company.

None
Training objectives
Understand the challenges of the digital transformation of the company
Define the new business model and deploy the associated strategy
Identify the skills needed to successfully transition to digital
Identify digital technologies that generate competitiveness for the company
Lean on the new role of the manager in digital transformation
106Training program
PART 1: Impact of digital on the business model (3 days)
- 1 - Identify the challenges of digital transformation for your company
- Analyze the trends of a changing economy.
- Understand the disruptions caused by digital.
- Identify the impact of sustainable development and CSR in digital transformation.
- Clarify the role of digital technologies: mobile, social media, analytics, cloud computing, connected objects, blockchain, NFT, metaverse…
- Enter the dematerialization of processes and services.
- Manage data: the main indicators (KPI), setting up a table of edge, ROI.
- 2 - Place project management at the center of digital transformation
- The fundamentals of digital project management.
- Take advantage contributions from design thinking.
- Adopt agile methods.
- Risk analysis of digital transformation.
- 3 - Develop a digital strategy that brings growth
- Understand the different digital strategies.
- Distinguish between possible economic models and their sources of income.
- Locate the degree of maturity of your company in the face of digital transformation.
- Rethink your Business Model in the digital age: the Business Model Canvas.
- Take inspiration from successful examples of digital transformation.
- Scenario: Practical case: practice defining a digital transformation project based on a brief.
- Practical application: Before part 2, identify the multi-device journey of your clients.
107PART 2: Impact of digital on marketing and information systems (3 days)
- 1 - Focus on the customer experience
- New customer behaviors.
- Customer experience: purchasing journey and touchpoints.
- Identify winning practices in terms of customer experience.
- The challenges of customer experience on the marketing vision.
- 2 - Integrate digital marketing
- Digital marketing in an acquisition and loyalty strategy.
- Natural referencing (SEO): a determining asset.
- Audience measurement (analytics ) to optimize marketing actions.
- Landing pages: a customer-centric approach.
- CRM at the service of performance: function, objectives and available solutions.
- Personalization of customer relations and marketing automation.
- The key invoices for successful customer conversion.
- Aim for the convergence of marketing, sales, customer relations and IT functions .
- New commercial approaches (social selling, remote selling).
- 3 - Addressing digital business technologies
- The central role of the IT department in the digitalization of the company.
- Principle of urbanization of IS: technical fundamentals.
- Digitalize the workstation: digital workplace and digital collaborator.
- The cybersecurity of a company: risks and analysis study.
- Adapt the IS to digital challenges (BYOD, shadow IT, data opening, etc.).
- Integrate the mobile terminals in digital transformation.
- Deploy Cloud and SaaS solutions.
- Business Analytics and Optimization (BAO) technologies.
- Practical application : Before part 3, identify the obstacles and levers of digital transformation in the company.
108PART 3: Impact of digital on management (3 days)
- 1 - Activate the key success factors in a digital transformation project
- The role of HR in digital transformation.
- The integration of a new skills framework.
- Develop the digital agility of employees.
- Identify the obstacles to digital transformation, decipher cultural inhibitions.
- New generations, new values.
- Role and responsibilities of management in digital transformation.
- Establish a digital governance system.
- 2 - Manage the impacts of collaboration on management
- Managing with collaborative tools.
- Animating internal communities.
- Using corporate social networks.
- Management collaborative, hybrid management.
- Scenario: Exercise to simulate collaborative work with an online tool.
- 3 - Rely on new management methods
- The principles of agile culture and “test and learn”.
- From agile project to agile management.
- Instill an entrepreneurial spirit.
- New modes of collaboration: partnership and collective relationship, right to fail, new work spaces.
- The influence of start-ups in the functioning of the company.
- The contributions of leadership to management.
- The new organizational models.
E-commerce manager
★★★★★
- MR-160
- 8 Days (56 Hours)
Description
The e-commerce manager faces several major challenges, such as technology, big data, marketing and sales. The “E-commerce Manager” training cycle is made up of three parts which follow each other logically: the first part addresses e-commerce strategies and economic models as well as e-commerce project management; the second part deals with traffic generation and conversion levers throughout the customer's purchasing journey; and finally, the third part develops the tools and resources for omnichannel e-commerce. Throughout these sessions, participants are encouraged to share and exchange their practices, which encourages emulation within the promotion.
Who is this training for ?
For whomE-commerce or business unit manager taking up position or recently appointed. Cross channel manager, sales manager newly in charge of e-commerce, web marketing manager newly in charge of e-commerce and cross channel. Anyone wishing to launch an online sales activity.

None.
Training objectives
This training aims to provide the key knowledge, approaches and tools necessary to increase the sales of an e-commerce site
Participants will be able to familiarize themselves with economic models and functionalities specific to e-commerce, as well as learn how to manage the key stages of an e-commerce project
In addition, they will discover the main levers to generate traffic, increase conversions and retain customers
Participants will also understand the essential elements of an omnichannel strategy, covering channels such as smartphones, tablets, web, social media and point of sale
Finally, the importance of data collection and analysis will be highlighted, with a particular emphasis on the use of performance indicators to improve the customer experience
111Training program
Acquire knowledge of e-commerce and omnichannel business models.
- The essential measures of the profitability of an e-commerce site include
- When modeling and planning an e-commerce site, it is important to consider
- Key performance indicators (KPIs) and return on investment ( ROI) are important measures both quantitative and qualitative.
Implement e-commerce site functionality into e-commerce platforms.
- Logistics challenges include sourcing, storage and delivery of goods.
- Online payment solutions are important for securing electronic transactions.
- Legal considerations are key to complying with GDPR regulations and understanding its impact.
- Mobile interfaces, such as smartphones, tablets, wearables and chatbots, are playing an increasingly important role increasingly important in e-commerce.
Manage the e-commerce and omnichannel project The functional specifications.
- Organizational arrangements for an e-commerce site.
- The design of e-commerce interfaces (UX/CX).
- The management of flows and data with the company's IS to provide a personalized customer experience.
- The key stages of e-commerce project management.
Analyze the customer's purchasing journey
- The different stages and key moments of the purchasing decision (ZMOT) for an online customer.
- Use geolocation tools to attract customers by generating traffic to locations where they are located.
- Best practices for online businesses, including pure players, distributors, B2B and B2C companies.
- Important information to provide to each stage of the purchasing journey and how to measure customer satisfaction.
- The challenges of e-CRM and social-CRM for online businesses.
112Pull the levers to generate traffic
- Search engine marketing (SEM): paid referencing (SEA), Adwords and Google Shopping, natural referencing (SEO).
- The levers of traffic creation: display, e-mail and competitions...
- Affiliation and partnerships
Use the keys to e-merchandising
- E-merchandising to promote your products and develop the average basket.
- Site navigation strategy: the rules of e-merchandising.
- The phenomenon of the 'long tail': advantages, key principles The basket: management and activation.
- Dashboards, indicators and KPIs
Promote conversion and loyalty
- Sales promotion mechanisms in e-commerce.
- Three fundamental rules of e-commerce: personalization, reassurance and responsiveness.
- The order funnel. Commercial reactivation.
- E-loyalty programs
Deploy m-commerce on smartphones and tablets
- M-commerce infrastructure: specificities.
- Payment solutions. Economic models.
- Commerce on smartphones, tablets and connected objects: challenges, evolution and performance levers.
- Generate point-of-sale traffic via mobile
113Develop social commerce on social media
- Social shopping: experiences and best practices.
- Retail on social networks: state of play.
- Development of a community of online buyers.
Define omnichannel commerce strategies
- Omnichannel distribution strategies: business point of view versus customer point of view.
- Complementarity: physical sales channel and e-channel, web and mobile.
- Associate e-commerce with traditional commerce
- Enrich it. consumer experience thanks to the connected point of sale.
- Use recent trends: geolocation, augmented reality, social selling, chatbot, voice recognition...
Build e-commerce and omnichannel action plans
- Definition of e-shopper targets: average basket, potential, channel affinity, RFM.
- The pure web action plan: complete your site with a mobile version and applications.
- The omnichannel action plan.
- The web to store action plan.
- Dashboards and ROI assessment
Digital Marketing Manager
★★★★★
- MR-163
- 8 Days (56 Hours)
Description
The position of Digital Marketing Manager has become essential within the marketing and communications departments. This training cycle offers both a strategic and operational approach to a constantly evolving profession.
The first part addresses the digital marketing strategy, with an overview of the approach, the marketing e-mix, SEO techniques, as well as traffic and conversion generation.
The second part focuses on the optimization of digital communication campaigns (display, e-mailing, etc.) and the implementation of a strategy on mobile media.
Finally, the third part explores digital marketing on social media and social networks. Participants are encouraged to share their experiences throughout the cycle, thus promoting a stimulating group dynamic within the promotion.
Who is this training for ?
For whom- Webmarketing / digital marketing manager, digital communications manager taking up position or recently appointed.
- Marketing or sales manager having to implement digital strategies and solutions.
- Marketing and sales functions evolving towards a position of digital marketing manager.

Have the basics of marketing
Training objectives
- Understand the challenges and strategies of digital marketing
- Master traffic generation and conversion techniques
- Implement an omnichannel web marketing strategy
- Understand how to integrate mobile marketing into your campaigns
- Acquire tools and methods to develop your presence on social media
116Training program
Digital Marketing Strategies
- Technological advances and changes in user habits: the importance of CX and UX design, connected objects, big data, chatbots, etc.
- New segmentation approaches in response to the behaviors and attitudes of Internet and mobile users.
- Compliance with rules for the protection of personal data on the Web, in particular the impact of the European GDPR regulation.
- The key roles in the field of digital marketing: product owner, data scientist, data analyst, traffic manager, community manager, etc.
- The responsibilities and missions of the Webmarketing manager.
- Digital marketing strategies: inbound marketing and brand content.
- Practical workshop: prospective monitoring of current trends.
SEO: define marketing strategies and solutions
- The study provides an overview of the players and tools used for online search. It discusses search engine marketing (SEM) techniques, which include search engine optimization (SEO) and paid search via AdWords (SEA).
- The methodology proposed to improve natural referencing emphasizes social network optimization (SMO). The article also highlights the complementarity between SEO and sponsored links.
- Finally, the practical workshop offers an SEO campaign to illustrate the concepts covered.
Optimize the performance of your web marketing actions.
- It is essential to harmonize communication and the digital marketing plan.
- The digital communication strategy is described in detail, presenting its structure and the key steps to follow.
- The levers of digital communication are explained to enable them to be used effectively.
- Different promotional techniques are presented for the web, such as games and competitions.
- The practical workshop presents the design of an omnichannel operation to apply the concepts seen previously.
117Develop the use of mobile to strengthen the effectiveness of its omni-channel campaigns.
- Different email marketing techniques are presented, such as email marketing, newsletter and online magazine, as well as the use of mobile email and SMS.
- Display advertising is discussed, with the formats and models of native ads and programmatic advertising, as well as mobile display.
- The article discusses the impact and future prospects of mobile.
- Mobile applications and WebMobile are explored to understand their use in digital marketing.
- The question of referencing mobile applications on stores is addressed.
- The practical workshop offers a business case to allow the concepts mentioned previously to be put into practice.
Pilot and manage Web, Mobile, offline campaigns
- Mobile channels and technologies.
- Mobile multichannel: measuring results: web and mobile tracking and ROI.
- Key performance factors (KPI) web and mobile. Google analytics: the main audience measurement indicators.
- Mobile offline strategies.
- Practical workshop: Web marketing plan
The social web: new uses
- The challenges for the company; new purchasing behaviors (ZMOT).
- Practical workshop scenario: Create and manage your Twitter account.
Design a social media strategy
- Structure a social media diagnosis (3C model, POEM model, SWOT).
- Facebook page, Twitter or Instagram account, LinkedIn page, YouTube channel, blogs... which media to choose?
- Build your operational action plan: editorial line, recruitment strategy...
- Scenario Practical workshop: Establish the editorial line of a space
118Design and manage communities on social networks.
- This part of the course covers different aspects of using Facebook for digital marketing, including creating a page, Edge Rank, measuring results, and advertising on Facebook (social ads).
- Participants will learn the vocabulary and key objectives for an effective Twitter account, as well as the different metrics to measure results.
- The course explores the opportunities offered by LinkedIn in terms of employee advocacy, social selling, thought leadership and employer branding, as well as the keys to success for effective use of this platform.
- Visual social media like YouTube , Instagram, Snapchat and Pinterest are studied to understand how to use them in a digital marketing strategy.
- The treatment of negative customer reviews is discussed, with a reflection on their impact and advice for dealing with them efficient manner.
Set up an influencer program
- Who are the influencers?
- Define and identify the typologies of relevant influencers.
- Design a truly sustainable influencer program.
- Mise in situation Practical workshop: Identify your influencers
Organize your digital marketing system on social networks.
- Choose the right social media management tools (SMMS).
- Define your dashboards.
- Social media governance and charter.
- Practical workshop setting: Implement your tools.
- Evaluation of acquired knowledge
Social media and community management manager
★★★★★
- MR-31
- 9 Days (63 Hours)
Description
The social media manager's mission is to define and manage the company's digital communications policy. His activity is upstream of that of the Community manager he supervises, or can also constitute the operational part of his mission in a company or agency. Today, the functions of social media manager and community manager are often combined. This Community manager training prepares you to practice this new profession in the best conditions by allowing you to define a social media strategy, develop community management in the company and implement media planning on social media. During the cycle, participants are invited to share their experiences, thus creating emulation within the promotion.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Acquire the levers to propose a communication strategy on social media
Understand and monitor the components of e-reputation
Learn the key principles of community leadership
Identify and know how to implement the modalities of Brand Content
Integrate the POEM model with social media
Lead, manage actions and analyze the results obtained
121Training program
The social Web: new uses, new professions
- New purchasing behaviors (ZMOT) in BtoC and BtoB, the uses of employees.
- Opportunities and risks for companies.
- New professions communication: social media manager, social media manager, community manager, brand content manager, asset manager...
Social media overview
- Key uses of social media by socionauts and by businesses.
- Social networks: Facebook, LinkedIn. Twitter: micro-blogging.
- The media visual social networks: Instagram, Snapchat, Pinterest.
- Content sharing platforms: YouTube, DailyMotion, SlideShare, ...
- The role of Blogs
- Crowdsourcing platforms, self-care community....
Design a social media strategy
- Structure a social media diagnosis (3C model, POEM model).
- Integrate social media into your overall communication strategy.
- Facebook page, Twitter account or Instagram, LinkedIn page, YouTube channel, blogs... how to make your choices.
- ]Build your operational action plan: recruitment plan, influencer program
Secure the company's e-reputation
- Analysis and monitoring of the company's e-reputation: analysis and control tools; Managing negative customer reviews; Review sites and the employer brand.
- From failure to crisis management: crisis typologies on the Internet.
- Anticipating a crisis on the Internet.
122Organize a social media system
- E-reputation monitoring, community management... know and choose Social Media Management (SMM) tools.
- Internalize or outsource your system and resources.
- Media governance and social media guidelines
Effectively animate the main social media
- Running a Facebook page: key success factors.
- How to optimize engagement on a Twitter account.
- Running a company page on LinkedIn.
- Optimize the SEO of your YouTube or SlideShare channel.
- Use Picture marketing: Pinterest, Instagram, Snapchat
Brand content, Curation, UGC: developing impactful content
- Key success factors of a content strategy.
- Define your mix: brand content, curation, UGC.
- Branded content in BtoB and BtoC: the mechanics of virality: emotion, socialproof, newsjacking, story telling,...; content format: rich media, video, live video, animated gif, augmented reality, infographics, white papers...
- Differentiate your content, think about snacking content and evergreen content.
- Live video: Facebook live, YouTube Live.
- What content to create during real events.
123Implement a digital influencer program (earned media)
- Define the types of influencers relevant to you.
- Identify the reference influencers.
- Design a truly sustainable influencer program.
- Synergies between press relations, Twitter and the influencer program
Motivate and mobilize a network of ambassadors (earned media)
- Mobilize customers and fan ambassadors (Customer Advocacy).
- Create an employee ambassador program (Employee Advocacy).
Remote activity
- To discover a new tool/a new technique: a virtual class.
Understanding the challenges of social ads
- What objectives for advertising on social media?
- Why reinforce and complement the editorial strategy with advertising?
- What impact on shared media and earned media ?,
- Audience and influence tools and indicators
Set up advertising campaigns
- Understand the advertising offerings of the main social media: Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram, Snapchat, YouTube.
- Know their advertising platforms (Ads manager).
- Use behavioral targeting.
- Set up an advertising campaign.
- Ads on mobile.
- Practical workshop: design a campaign for a Facebook page.
124Enrich your content for social networks
- Organize a communication campaign on social networks.
- Define an editorial line.
- Optimize natural referencing (SMO).
- Monitor, analyze indicators and calculate ROI (audience, influence, post clicks).
- Create value-added content to generate engagement
- Use the main tools to create. images, videos and infographics (Canva, Quik,...).
- Evaluation of acquired knowledge
Responsive design et ergonomie mobile
★★★★★
- MR-32
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Smartphones and tablets offer 'mobile users' another, more intuitive and more human way of navigating. However, many sites are not optimized for mobile devices and do not use 'responsive design' resources. Today, the vast majority of connections to the Web are made from mobile devices; for businesses, mobile ergonomics has become a major issue for improving the user experience.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Define the criteria for mobile ergonomics
Improve the user experience
Design a mobile interface
Integrate the gestures of touch interfaces
Become familiar with responsive emailing
127Training program
Define the criteria for mobile ergonomics The added value of responsive web design (RWD).
- The key figures to know.
- The different approaches: Mobile first, Responsive, mobile site.
- Responsive design and SEO.
Improve the user experience
- Anticipate and hold the visitor's attention.
- Guarantee a coherent identity.
- Optimize the graphics.
Design a mobile interface
- Identify the types of resolution.
- The characteristics of the different devices.
- Design the templates.
- The principle of fluid grids.
- Blocks and contents.
- Technical specifications.
Develop adaptive content Organization and hierarchy of content.
- Hidden content.
- Adaptive image management.
Design steps and tools
- Paper models and sketching.
- The use of Photoshop for the model (principle).
- Digital design tools (mockup, axure.. .).
128Integrate the gestures of touch interfaces
- Basic gestures for touch interfaces.
- Support user actions.
- Multi-touch touch interfaces.
Become familiar with the
- Responsive emailing The technical basics of e-mailing.
- HTML tables and integrated styles.
- The principle of media queries.
- The specificities of responsive e-mailing.
Succeed in the digital transformation of the company
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Digital affects all functions of the company, it is one of the levers of innovation and development and breaks down silos by management. The company no longer has a choice: the need to adapt to a new connected economy, to get ahead in a changing environment. This training meets the needs of managers who wish to tackle the digital transformation of their company or business unit.
Who is this training for ?
For whomManager, Strategy Manager. Business Unit Manager, Sales or Marketing Manager. Consultant, and anyone in charge of the digital transformation of the company.

None
Training objectives
Understand the challenges of the company's digital transformation
Acquire an overview of digital transformation and key skills
Activate organizational, managerial and human levers
Rethink your Business Model in the digital age
Integrate the challenges and opportunities of digital transformation for the company
130131Training program
Identify the challenges of digital transformation
- Trends in a changing economy.
- The role of digital technologies: mobile, social media, analytics, cloud computing, connected objects.
- Knowledge of customers: E-CRM and Big data.
- The convergence of marketing, sales, customer relations functions (0° and multi-channel vision).
- The challenges for IT departments: security , BYOD, digital workplace...
Develop a digital strategy
- Digital transformation strategies
- Identify the levers and obstacles of digital transformation
- Examples of successful digital transformations
- Select and organize key projects
- Locating the degree of digital maturity of your company
- Rethinking your Business Model in the digital age
Digitize management and organization
- The new role of managers
- Digital governance
- Digitalize the company's state of mind
- Measuring the impact on professions (HR, marketing, sales, customer relations, etc.)
Succeed in your video marketing strategy
★★★★★
- MR-34
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Video has become the predominant information format on the web and social networks. Pages, messages and posts containing video are much more likely to be seen and have an impact than content limited to text. This training will help you develop a video marketing strategy to boost the effectiveness of your digital communication.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Integrate video into your digital marketing strategy
Develop your live video production
Generate traffic around your video
134Training program
Before the face-to-face
- A self-diagnosis.
The challenges and opportunities of video
- POEM logic, virality.
- Brand content and video.
Formats and uses of video marketing
- The uses of video for a brand.
- Story telling.
- The different types of content: fun, expert...
- Typology of formats (web series, snacking content, live videos, stories...).
- Hosting of its videos.
Create and run your channel
- Youtube Create and configure your channel.
- Organize your channel.
- Optimize the referencing of your videos: SEO.
- Optimize the impact of his video: end image, still image, call to action.
Develop and succeed in your live video Choose your platform.
- Set up the technical aspects: filming, editing, encoding, conductor.
- Estimate the necessary resources.
- Create interaction and manage comments.
135Diffuser ses videos
- Optimize natural referencing.
- Launch your videos using advertising purchases.
- Estimate the necessary resources.
After face-to-face, implementation in a work situation
- A reinforcement program to help me implement the training.
Succeed in your responsive email campaigns
★★★★★
- MR-35
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
A successful email campaign requires more and more expertise given 'marketing permission' and new technical and legal constraints. This training in creating effective e-mailing campaigns takes place in the form of a practical workshop and allows you to work on your own responsive e-mailing campaigns.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Learn the key principles and rules for building effective emails
Know how to carry out an e-mail campaign from A to Z
Acquire the reflexes to create and deliver your BtoB and BtoC emails
Practice directly on your own case
138Training program
Define your e-mailing strategy Current use of e-mails in
- BtoC and BtoB.
- From outbound marketing strategy to inbound marketing strategy.
- Prospecting and promotion approaches in BtoC and BtoB.
Design a responsive email Editorial: key rules, benefits of personalization and targeting.
- Responsive Design: case of emails read on mobile or tablet.
- Improve opening rates, reactivity rates, landing page performance.
Set up and measure your email campaigns
- Brief, check-list et planning type.
Optimize deliverability
- Key metrics: analyzes and decisions Benchmarks Deliverability issues.
- What parameters affect the deliverability of your emails.
- Measure the deliverability of your emails e-mails.
- Database: hygiene rules, how to manage inactive people.
Develop your email address potential Mechanisms for capturing emails on your site or at the point of sale. Competitions, draws and co-registration (co-subscription).
- Rent email addresses: reference budgets in BtoB and BtoC.
- Evaluate the interest of social media to capture addresses.
Plan your e-mailing campaigns Define your plan by integrating a test logic (split runs) and follow-up.
- Optimize the rhythm of routing to preserve its bases.
- Choose a routing solution.
Digital communication strategy on social media
★★★★★
- MR-36
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Communication services today must take into account social media. This training in digital communication strategy offers those responsible for the company's brand image the opportunity to appropriate these new communication tools as part of a digital strategy.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Know how to develop a digital communication strategy.
Integrate social media into your communication strategy.
Acquire the levers for success: events, advertising, links with blogs and crisis communication on social media.
141Training program
Develop your digital communications strategy
- Evaluate the company's e-reputation and listen to communities.
- Build a communication plan: which media and social networks for which objectives?
- Choose the tone of your communication.
- Understand the different uses of social media (POEM matrix).
- Build the team: the new professions.
Overview of networks and social media
- Update on the evolution of different social media: Facebook; Twitter; LinkedIn; Instagram; Snapchat; YouTube...
Establish a social media setup for an event
- Increase the visibility of your event thanks to social media.
- Create an omnichannel system to promote an event.
- Use events to produce content.
Identify advertising opportunities
- Business models of social networks and media.
- What objectives for Social Ads?
- Overview of the advertising solutions offered by Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Instagram, Snapchat.
Measure digital communication actions
- Know the different metrics: like, share, reach, impressions, RT, followers...
- Measuring engagement, concept of ROE and ROI.
- Community management tools - Social Media Management Systems (SMMS).
Managing online crisis communication
- Evaluate crises: understand the types of crisis on the Internet (fail, bad buzz, crisis, etc.).
- Understand the importance of managing negative customer reviews on the Internet.
142Certification
- Assessment of skills to be certified via an online questionnaire incorporating role-playing scenarios (40 minutes).
Printing techniques and methods
★★★★★
- MR-37
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training allows you to know the printing techniques and methods in order to carry out your job as a contractor according to the rules of the art.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understanding the graphic chain from design to delivery: the chronology of the stages
Acquire technical, precise and current vocabulary to communicate with professionals
Issue a call for tenders and decipher a quote
Optimize manufacturing budgets
Anticipate printing constraints
Innovate in your printed matter (paper choice, finishing, etc
)
145Training program
Understanding Print File Preparation
- Software, file formats, digital images: size, resolution, screen ruling and raster, contractual proofs.
- Color: color spaces, spot colors and four-color process, solid color.
- The control stages: the vouchers to ...
- (BAT, BAG, BAR).
- Taxation, CTP.
Innovate in your printed documents
- The choice of paper: coated paper, uncoated paper and creative paper.
- Technical characteristics of the paper.
- Give the print its final form: online shaping (rotary).
- The shaping steps: trimming, folding, inserting, stitching, sewing, system binding...
- The finishing of your printed documents: special inks and surfacing: varnish, lamination, embossing, hot and cold stamping.
UX design and ergonomics of websites
★★★★★
- MR-38
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
A successful site is one that is consulted intuitively. This training will help you organize information in a logical and rational way. It will allow you to design or improve the ergonomics of your site in order to make navigation simple, pleasant and accessible.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Evaluate the ergonomic quality of a website
Improve the organization and interface of a site
Optimize navigation
Know the criteria for evaluating a site
148Training program
Aim for the quality of the ergonomics of a site
- Web Identify the behavior of Internet users.
- The principles of ergonomics and UX design.
- Define objective evaluation criteria.
- Analyze navigation processes.
- Know the key success factors of a site.
- The main mistakes to avoid.
Improve organization and interface
- Navigation and reading contract.
- Visual identity and ergonomics: the importance of the home page.
- Develop a navigation charter.
- Know how to structure your information.
- Determine your heading.
- Develop your functional masks.
- Offer the best tools.
- Integrate the notions of identification, location and orientation.
Key concepts and tools of UX design Define personas, design the sheets.
- The card sorting method.
- Brainstorming and six-to-one.
- User groups and A/B testing.
149Optimize navigation and content management
- Texts/photos: the keys to navigation.
- Text links: naming rules.
- Data relationship and indexing.
- Use of different media: texts, photos, infographics & videos.
Learn the graphic rules The basics of composition.
- Colors and their influences.
- Shapes for navigation.
- Graphics for ergonomics and UX.
Improve accessibility
- Take into account legislation on digital accessibility.
- Comply with WC standards.
- Adapt content for visually impaired people.
Marketing and competitive monitoring
★★★★★
- MR-39
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
For Marketing and Sales monitoring and foresight to go beyond the scope of surveillance and participate in the company's strategic decisions, the approach must be professionalized and marketing and sales work in synergy. This training in marketing and competitive monitoring provides methodology and concrete tools for monitoring and foresight.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Acquire a methodology in your marketing and competitive monitoring approach
Know the marketing and competitive intelligence tools available, particularly on the web and social networks
152Training program
Anticipate customer demand and competitive strategies
- Marketing monitoring monitoring fields.
- Marketing and commercial foresight: from information to decision-making.
- Optimization of monitoring: marketing/sales structures and synergy.
- The key principles: proactivity; weak signals; ethics;
Marketing monitoring and surveillance areas Appropriate competition analysis tools.
- Identify customer analysis methodologies.
- Monitor the evolution of market segments.
- Spot trends and measure their influence.
Collect information
- Identify available external and internal sources.
- Run a network of sensors.
- Information categories.
- Monitoring sites: RSS feeds.
- Social media as a source of monitoring.
Watch over
- Internet and social networks The ABC approach.
- Search semantics.
- Adopt good internet search practices.
- Monitoring tools (RSS feed, monitoring platform, etc.).
153To process information
- Sort, validate, synthesize information.
- Structure and prioritize messages.
- Pay attention to weak signals.
- Visualize 'competition information.'}
Share and disseminate information
- Types of publication.
- Publication vectors.
- The distribution plan.
- Branding takes care.
Digital Analytics training: strategy and best practices
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
The increasing digitalization of customer relations now makes effective management of measurement and data on the Internet essential. Collecting digital data, analyzing it correctly and activating it on different channels is today a daily concern for marketing, digital marketing, communication and IT departments. This seminar will give you a complete vision, from consolidated reporting to specific measures: fixed sites, mobile sites, applications, media investments, social media. An essential seminar in the era of data marketing.
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing department, communications department, studies department and IT department.

None
Training objectives
Master the concepts and terminologies linked to Web measurement Master the key Internet indicators Understand the different worlds of digital data (site-centric, e-reputation, campaign report, etc
) Acquire the keys to managing your investments and optimize the customer journey on your digital device Know the different types of data that you can use (first party data, second party data, etc
) Know the new opportunities for using data (A/B test, personalization, relationship customer
)
156Training program
The challenges of data in digital strategies
- Digital management: carefully evaluate the customer journey, have a synthetic and transversal vision of your strategy.
- Performance indicator, optimization indicator: prioritize your indicators to make the right decisions.
- Internet dashboards: have an integrated and interactive vision, zoom on the new BI tools in the Web era.
- DMP, the new databases in cookie mode, understand the building blocks of a "Data Management Platform".
- DMP, the entry point for new media strategies: for what uses and for what advantages?.
- A different site for each visitor, data to personalize the experience of Internet users on your site.
- Data to optimize customer relations in real time, new customer relations tools.
- Manage your site optimization projects in "test and learn" mode: A/B or multi-variable testing tools to know.
- Point on cookie legislation, how to be in compliance phase with the regulations imposed on the use of cookies?
157Management and exploitation of data from its website
- The fundamentals of "site-centric" measurement.
- Tags and cookies, understanding how data is collected and the limits of "site-centric" measurement.
- Which "site-centric" solutions to choose?.
- Panorama of market solutions: Adobe Analytics, AT internet, Universal Analytics, Comscore...
- Properly configure your objectives and conversion funnels, to give meaning to your "site-centric" measurement.
- Campaign coding and URL Tracking: a prerequisite for analyzing the performance of your investments .
- TMS, Tag Management System tool, the new essential component in Internet data collection.
- Container, tag, trigger: understanding the components of a "Tag Management System" to centralize all your tags.
- Define your Datalayer, how TMS facilitate data collection on your site.
- ? Choose a "Tag Management System" solution.
- Panorama of market solutions (Tag Comander, Adobe Tag Manager, Google Tag Manager...).
158Data for the optimization of your advertising investments
- Indicators to monitor your emailing campaigns: deliverability, opening rate, reactivity rate, hard bounce.
- Natural referencing: manage your presence on the engines (visibility, number of impressions, click-through rate...).
- Paid SEO, indicators to optimize your campaigns: click-through rate, quality score, lost impressions.
- Display campaigns, performance indicators: adversing indicators, completion rate, visibility rate...
- Campaign arbitration, the end of attribution to the last click?.
- What indicators to better evaluate the role and contribution of each lever on the customer journey?.
- Mediaplanning, the evolution of panels: how Médiametrie has adapted to uses (mobile panel, tablet panel, etc.)?.
- Evolution of calculation methods.
- Specific programmatic tools.
- What new tools and indicators to evaluate banner campaigns?
159Social networks: management and social data
- Measure your reputation on the Web: share of buzz, net sentiment...
- What indicators to evaluate your reputation on the Internet?.
- E-tools -reputation (listening consumer): operation.
- What settings to implement? Focus on the different market players.
- Facebook Insight: evaluate the performance of your community management (number fans, reach, virality of posts...).
- Twitter Analytics, Youtube Analytics, Simply measured...; monitor your presence on social networks.
- Advertising on social media: new targeting and management of advertising campaigns on social networks.
- Social management platform (Bringr, Hootsuite, etc.): properly manage your speeches on social networks.
IT security combined with digital
- Reminder of the mandatory rules regarding the security of personal data.
- Security documentation and its necessary evolution.
- The necessary awareness of security issues.
- Reflections on the case law defining security law.
- Some practical advice in terms of organization, documentation and measures for risk departments.
- Computer fraud, the Godfrain law in the digital age.
- Notification of security breaches.
- Security certifications.
IREB CPRE Foundation, requirements engineering, Certified Professional for Requirements Engineering certification
★★★★★
- MR-181
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Requirements engineering is fundamental in projects. It helps clarify and validate needs, ensuring that what is provided is what was needed to be achieved. This training provides you with all the necessary knowledge on the IREB standard and prepares you for Foundation certification.
Who is this training for ?
For whomIT engineers, IT managers, IT managers, project managers, project managers, method managers, product managers or marketing managers.

None
Training objectives
Know the fundamental concepts of requirements engineering
Understand requirements engineering practices
Pass the Foundation IREB® Certified Professional for Requirements Engineering certification
162Training program
Introduction and fundamentals
- General presentation.
- The interest of requirements engineering.
- The basic concepts.
Define the scope and context of the system
- Define the context of the system and its limits.
- Define the perimeter of the system and its limits.
Elucidate requirements
- The sources of requirements.
- The categorization of requirements according to the Kano model.
- The elucidation techniques.
Document requirements
- The different documentary forms.
- The different types of documents.
- The structure of documents.
- The use of documents requirements.
- The quality criteria of the requirements document.
- The quality criteria of the requirements.
- The notion of a glossary.
163Document requirements in natural language, using models
- The effect of natural language.
- Writing requirements using a template.
- Models in general, goal models , use case models.
- The three perspectives on requirements.
- Requirements modeling in the structural perspective.
- Requirements modeling from the functional perspective.
- Requirements modeling from the behavioral perspective.
Validate and negotiate requirements
- The fundamentals of requirements validation.
- The fundamentals of requirements negotiation.
- The facets of requirements quality.
- The principles of requirements validation.
- Requirements validation techniques.
- How to negotiate requirements.
164Manage and equip requirements
- The characterization of requirements with attributes.
- The different views on requirements.
- The prioritization of requirements.
- The traceability of requirements.
- Requirements versioning.
- Managing requirements changes.
- The different types of tools.
- The implementation and evaluation of a tool.
CPRE Fundamental Exam
- Tips for the exam.
- Mock exam with commented correction.
- Mock test.
- Taking the exam .
Storage networks, SAN/NAS
★★★★★
- MR-40
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This seminar presents the fundamental principles necessary for setting up and administering a storage network. It addresses the key points of all phases of a SAN/NAS implementation project: collection of storage needs for company applications, choice of a supplier, definition of the architecture, migration of applications on the SAN, and finally administration. The main aspects of the course concern both technical and organizational aspects. Technological developments are evaluated from the point of view of their use by the company.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Discover the key points of managing a storage network Understand the different components of a storage network Define a storage type for a specific application Manage a SAN/NAS implementation project Organize the administration of a storage network
166167Training program
Which storage for which application?
- Storage seen as a new paradigm.
- Application storage needs.
- How are SAN and NAS different from each other? the other? What are the candidate applications for migration to the SAN? What are the applications intended for the NAS? Is the RDBMS data intact on a NAS? What applications for SAN and for NAS? Advantages and disadvantages of SAN and NAS.
- What is ROI, TCO? Can we justify the cost of a storage network?
The components of a storage network
- The basics of the Fiber Channel protocol.
- Why move from SCSI to Fiber Channel? Description of the limitations of SCSI.
- What is Fiber Channel does it represent progress compared to SCSI? Fibre Channel terminology.
- Choice and construction of an ISCSI storage network.
- Evolution of Ethernet hardware towards 10 Gb, specific architecture and configuration for ISCSI.
- The price/performance gap between Fiber Channel and ISCSI depending on the architectures and hardware used.
- Backup architectures: client traditional backup.
- Lanfree and Serverfree Backup.
168The hardware components of a storage network
- Cables: description of the different single-mode and multi-mode types, and maximum distances.
- GBICS: optical converters and the new generation (SFP).
- HBA: the Host Bus Adapters and the dual access path allowing fail-over, load balancing.
- Hub: shared bandwidth, 'bypass' mode.
- Topologies based on Hubs.
- Switch: aggregate bandwidth.
- FSPF path optimization protocols and limits.
- Monitor inter-switch links.
- Network topologies/arbitrated loop and switched Fabric.
- Why choose a director rather than numerous departmental switches? Storage bay: comparison of the main internal architectures, main operating principles.
- How do the latest developments meet the needs of applications? NAS head: main characteristics of a NAS head, SAN/NAS convergence architecture.
169Software components of a storage network
- Business Continuance Volume: mode of operation, data consistency constraints, types of use.
- Suitability of applications with BCV.
- Snapshots: operation, advantages and disadvantages.
- Snapclones: description of operation.
- Continuous Data Protection: management of reverting volumes to a previous state.
- Data replication between arrays : mechanisms in synchronous/asynchronous mode, choice in environments.
- How far can data be replicated? High availability.
- Data deduplication.
- Impacts on application performance.
- New asynchronous technologies.
- Storage virtualization.
- Add the flexibility and mobility of your data on a site or between sites.
170Fiber Channel Protocol
- Fiber Channel layers: list of their functions.
- Classes of service: concept of Buffer to Buffer, credit and main uses.
- Naming and usage convention addressing (WWN).
- Conversion to internal address.
- Arbitrated loop: description of the topology and the arbitration procedure.
- Manufacturer: description of 'a logical network.
- How to establish redundancy in the SAN? FCoE (Fibre Channel over Ethernet) standard, CNA (Converged Network Adapter).
Implementation
- Inventory and collection of needs.
- Criteria for selecting candidate machines.
- Evaluate the necessary volume.
- Should we calculate the IO load? To what extent should we detail the components of the architecture? The specifications: the elements to integrate.
- The choice of supplier: the pitfalls to avoid.
- Procedure for defining the SAN/NAS architecture.
- Migration: the different options for migration.
171Organization of administration
- In-band and outband administration: administration outside the storage network and in the Fiber Channel.
- Alert devices: Snmp, Http, Telnet, call-home.
- When should you implement a monitoring system? Security issues.
- Adding servers or volumes: Zoning, Lun Masking, Persistent Binding.
- Monitor SAN performance.
- Conduct a performance audit, key elements to monitor depending on the components.
- Data distribution modes.
- Analysis of the consequences of the drop in access density.
- Quality of service concepts.
- Build a team of Storage Managers: define processes and procedures, Service Level Objectives.
- Storage management by attribute and the different service levels.
Geomarketing, principles and solutions
★★★★★
- MR-41
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Geolocated data have become essential elements in decision-making processes. This seminar will teach you how to better exploit the spatial component of your data and will give you the necessary keys to implement a geomarketing project within your company.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand the principles and applications of GIS software Identify how to better promote the spatial component of your data Discover the possibilities of cartography and data visualization for decision support Understand the essential stages of implementing a geomarketing project
173174Training program
Geolocalized data for decision support
- Geolocation is a strategic component of direct marketing.
- Geomarketing: from mapping to spatial analysis.
- The current challenges of geomarketing, localizing to contextualize, Geographic Big Data.
- Example Concrete examples of applications and feedback.
- Exchanges with participants.
Geolocalized data and Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
- Definitions and concepts.
- Geolocating information, reference systems and projections.
- Geographic repositories: sources and producers of data.
- Demonstration Demonstration of GIS software and how it works.
What are the uses of the spatial component? Better use of your data
- Geocoding, location models, meshes and grids.
- Business to Business: customer sectors, distribution networks.
- Business to Consumer: market potential, catchment areas.
- Crossing heterogeneous data: contextualization of contracts, activities and files.
- Customer analysis.
- Case study Each participant identifies how to better promote the spatial component of its own data through the proposed case studies.
175Mapping and data visualization for decision support
- Basics and principles of graphic semiology.
- Data processing for cartography: fundamentals.
- Geolocated data in dashboards: prospective in data- visualization.
- Collective reflection Critical approach to cards for decision-making: discussions with participants around a selection of cards.
Implementation of a geomarketing project
- The different stages of a GIS project.
- Functional specifications.
- Costs and human resources.
- Panorama of technical solutions (geomarketing-oriented GIS software, Web portals).
- Geo Business Intelligence tools.
- Demonstration Demonstration of tools and technical solutions for geomarketing.
Datamining technique with R modeling and data representation
★★★★★
- MR-42
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Data mining is based on the mastery of fundamental data exploration techniques: descriptive, predictive or exploratory statistics. This practical course will introduce you to methods such as regressions and PCA and teach you how to implement them with R software.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand the principle of statistical modeling Choose regression type based on data type Making predictions Create selections and rankings in large volumes of data to identify trends
177178Training program
Introduction to modeling
- Modeling: regression.
- Statistical modeling: reminders of statistical tests.
- Data analysis.
- Introduction to R software.
- Practical work Presentation of several modeling examples.
- Installation of R and the packages to be used.
- Applications on R, tests and interpretations on examples .
Linear regression analysis
- Principle of linear regression.
- Simple regression, when the model has a single parameter for continuous data.
- Multiple regression, when there are more than 'a parameter.
- Other types of models for continuous data.
- Practical work Practical application in R.
- Case of simple regression and regression multiple.
179Logistic regression analysis
- Presentation of the different types of logistic regression.
- Binary logistic regression.
- Ordinal logistic regression.
- Multinomial logistic regression.
- Practical work Application on R with practical cases for cases of non-continuous data.
- Processing on data with two modalities, then with ordinal modalities, then nominal modalities.
Component analysis
- Presentation of the different types of analyzes and selection.
- Principal Component Analysis (PCA).
- Multiple Correspondence Analysis (MCA).
- Hierarchical Classification on Principal Components (CHCP).
- Practical work The principal components make it possible to understand the covariance structure of the initial variables and/or to create a smaller number of variables to using this structure.
- Applications on R.
180Factor analysis of data
- Understand the principle of factor analysis: summarize the structure of data into a fewer number of dimensions.
- Factor Correspondence Analysis (CFA).
- Analysis Multiple Factor Analysis (AFM).
- Factor Analysis for Mixed Data (AFDM).
- Practical work Factor analysis exercises on R.
- Identification underlying "factors" of dimensions associated with significant variability.
Develop applications of DataVisualisation tools and frameworks
★★★★★
- MR-43
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
After discovering the basic concepts and techniques related to visual representation of data, you will learn to develop data visualization applications based on DataVisualisation's main Java/JavaScript tools and frameworks.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Find out what data visualization is Understanding the keys to designing data visualizations Use APIs for data visualization Develop with the main data visualization frameworks
182183Training program
Introduction to Information Visualization
- Definition, notions and objectives.
- Role of the user and interaction.
- Common diagrams: histograms, pie chart, 3D.
- Multidimensional visualization: point clouds, Inselberg diagrams.
- Multi-level visualization: hierarchical data, full zoom.
- Visualization techniques: fisheyes, hyperbolic view.
- Visualization of networks: hierarchical, radial.
- Visualization by force model: energy model, spring.
- Exchanges Discussions and exchanges on techniques processing.
Graphic semiology: the basis of visualization
- The human visual system.
- Visual variables.
- Perceptual properties.
- Extension of semiology: movement.
- Case study Use of different visual variables.
184Animated transitions and interactive captions
- Definition, notions and goals.
- Animations and interactive captions in visualizations.
- Manipulation of visual variables.
- Rules to respect.
- Added values.
- Practical work Manipulation of visual variables.
Tools for information visualization
- DataVisualisation JavaScript frameworks.
- DataVisualisation Java frameworks.
- Some additional tools.
- Practical work Getting started with Frameworks.
185Network visualization
- Types of networks (scale-free, small world.
- ).
- Analysis of a network (lexical network, social network, corpus of texts.
- ).
- Creation of a network-oriented visualization (in Java/JavaScript).
- Setting up and choosing the different interaction levers: full zoom , selection.
- Usage experiences.
- Practical work Development of network-oriented visualization applications.
Viewing diagrams
- Study of a data set.
- Creation of several interactive diagram-oriented visualizations (in Java/JavaScript).
- Setting up and choosing different interaction levers: interactive legends, hover etc.
- Usage experiences.
- Practical work Development of diagram-oriented visualization applications.
Oracle, introduction
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
A summary presentation of the technical characteristics of the Oracle offering and its recent developments intended for all those who wish to understand the principles and operating mechanisms of the DBMS.
Who is this training for ?
For whomThis course is aimed at all project managers and design engineers who have to lead projects or develop applications integrating Oracle.

No special knowledge.
Training objectives
Understand the key elements of an Oracle database
Discover the relational model
Evaluate SQL and PL/SQL data manipulation languages
Analyze the elements making up the architecture of an Oracle database
187188Training program
Data Server Overview
- Relational model.
- Integrity constraints.
- Data types.
- Object-relational model.
- Data manipulation.
Database access languages
- SQL language: ANSI.
- Structure of the SQL language.
- PL/SQL language.
- Procedural functionalities.
- Oracle and XML.
- Embedded SQL.
- ODBC.
- Oracle Objects for OLE.
- Java , JDBC and SQLJ Driver.
189Oracle Server Features
- Security features.
- User identification and privileges.
- Data dictionary.
- Query optimization.
- Event management and alerts.
- Transaction management.
- Globalization (NLS).
- Real Application Cluster.
- Symmetric Replication.
- Advanced Security.
- Standby Database and Oracle Data Guard.
- Virtual Private Database.
- Recovery Manager tool .
190Database architecture
- Composition of the database.
- Architecture of an instance.
- Structure of the database.
- Tablespaces.
- Data partitioning
Net Services
- Connectivity and security.
- High activity support.
- Connection Manager and Multiplexing.
- Extended security services.
- Net Configuration Assistant.
- Native Hostname Adapter.
Data versioning
- Oracle Flashback Query.
- Restitution of data deleted by mistake.
- Workspace Manager.
- Creation of Workspaces.
- Declaring versioned tables.
- Visualizing data differences.
191The Objects extension
- Object support.
- Using LOBs.
- The BFILE type.
- Collections: nested tables and VARRAY.
- Operators and methods on objects.
- Object Type Translator.
Oracle 11g contributions
- Performance.
- Simplifying maintenance.
- Security.
- Tools and Oracle Grid Infrastructure.
- Oracle Restart.
- Database migration.
Oracle SQL, improvement
★★★★★
- MR-46
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This very practical training aims to develop advanced aspects of the SQL language such as set operators, management of LOBs, Bfiles and XML, aggregation and statistics functions.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
193194Training program
Additional functions
- Transformation functions.
- Analytical functions: Rank, Dense_Rank.
- Hierarchical function.
- Other functions: Rowid, etc.
- Practical work Formatting disparate data (dates, numerics), list of a hierarchy at several levels.
The assembly operators
- Union and Union ALL.
- Difference Minus.
- Exists, Some, Any, All.
- Practical work Research of differences between several tables.
Management of LOBs and Bfiles
- Possible uses.
- Definition of tables.
- Insertion and updates of LOBs.
- Management of a Bfile.
- Practical work Adding a photo to a table, adding a CV to a table.
195Aggregation, joins and sub-select
- Aggregation and statistical functions: Group By Rollup.
- Group by Cube.
- Group by Sets.
- Recalling joins "classics".
- Self-join.
- FULL, RIGHT, LEFT.
- Sub-select correlated/uncorrelated with Insert, Update , Delete.
- Practical work Statistics and groupings based on several criteria.
- Creating a table from other tables.
Integrity management
- Reminder of definitions: uniqueness, referential, consistency.
- Implementation: Primary Key, Foreign Key, Increment, Check.
- Principles of use.
- Good practices and limits.
- Practical work Creation of referential integrity tables.
- Addition/removal of integrity constraints and checks by Check.
196XML management
- Storing XML.
- Using advanced XML functions.
- Practical work Managing an XML document.
Data partitioning
- The different types of possible partitioning.
- Implementation of data partitioning.
- Practical work Creation of partitioned tables, reloading of data.
Managing remote tables
- Reminder of the principles: schemas, ODBC, DRDA.
- Access to a remote table.
- Joins with remote tables.
- Work practices Reading tables from other comics.
Oracle 12c, backup and restore
★★★★★
- MR-51
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course is essential for anyone who wants to establish an effective backup strategy for Oracle 12c database. They will mainly see operation in ARCHIVELOG mode, RMAN, specific backup/restore scenarios, LogMiner and the use of Flashback Database.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Establish a backup and restoration management strategy for an Oracle 12c database Apply RMAN tool features Restore an Oracle database following file loss Duplicate an Oracle database Move an Oracle database
198199Training program
Reminders
- The redo log, control and data files.
- ARCHIVELOG mode.
- The DBNEWID utility.
- Exercise: Save the control file and change the database name.
RMAN Components and Features
- Configuration and commands.
- Automatic backup of the control file.
- Compression, encryption and parallelism of backups.
- Save a CDB and PDB database.
- Incremental backup.
- Multisection backups.
- Exercise: Compressed and parallelized backup of the database.
Maintenance de RMAN
- Creating the catalog and virtual catalogs.
- Enrolling in the catalog.
- Adding or removing catalog backups.
- Stored scripts and saving the catalog.
- Exercise: Creation of the catalog and registration of the database.
200Maintenance de RMAN
- Creating the catalog and virtual catalogs.
- Enrolling in the catalog.
- Adding or removing catalog backups.
- Stored scripts and saving the catalog.
- Exercise: Creation of the catalog and registration of the database.
File loss and recovery
- Losing control files.
- Rebooting with missing files.
- Losing files from the UNDO tablespace or a read-only tablespace.
- Use RMAN.
- The RESTORE and RECOVER commands.
- Validating backups and the database.
- Checks and list of failures.
- Exercise: Restoring the database after losing files.
Duplicate a database
- Duplicate a database.
- Choose the PDB databases.
- Duplicate a database without stopping it.
- Exercise: Clone a hot database.
201Incomplete recovery
- Configure and use LogMiner.
- Incomplete recovery of a tablespace or an inserted PDB database.
- Restore a database to a previous incarnation.
- Exercise: Find the deletion SCN of a deleted object and recover the object.
Flashback Database
- Flashback Database and backup of the quick recovery area.
- Flashback on a table deleted in PDB.
- Exercise: Recovering a user with Flashback Database and a tablespace with RMAN.
Data movement
- Data Pump and transport of a tablespace or the database.
- Use external tables.
- Transport a database to another OS.
- Exercise: Transporting a tablespace from one database to another.
Oracle, backups and restores with RMAN
★★★★★
- MR-54
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This course will allow you to master RMAN tools, advanced features such as using a catalog, stored scripts, duplication and transport of cross-platform databases.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
203204Training program
Introduction and reminders
- Network configuration.
- Redo log files.
- Control files.
- Data files.
- Archivelog mode.
- The quick recovery area.
- Practical work Configuring the database in Archivelog mode.
- Start the database remotely.
Introduction to RMAN
- Architecture.
- Client utility.
- Basics.
- The control file.
- The memory usage.
- The quick recovery area.
- Persistent configuration in the target database control file.
- Channel concept and use of channels.
- Practical work Configuration of the control file.
205Media managers
- Magnetic tapes.
- Media Manager.
- Media Management Library.
- Tape backup/restore.
- Oracle Secure Backup.
- User interface.
Backup with RMAN
- Cold/hot backup.
- Image copies vs. backup sets.
- Backup compression.
- Full backup/ incremental.
- Processing read-only files.
- Corruption test.
- Using command groups.
- RUN command.
- SET command.
- Backup of tablespaces, files, archived redo log files, control file, SPFILE file.
- Practical work Using commands BACKUP and RUN.
206Restoration/recovery with RMAN
- RESTORE command.
- Restoring the SPFILE file and the control file.
- Restoring a specific/old backup.
- Restoration with renaming.
- The RECOVER command.
- Partial/incremental recovery.
- Practical work Restoration to a new location.
- Recovering a database following file loss.
207Maintenance de RMAN
- The catalog database.
- Creation of the catalog.
- Registration of target databases.
- Addition of catalog backups.
- Using stored scripts.
- Saving the catalog database.
- The LIST command.
- The REPORT command.
- Views.
- CROSSCHECK, CHANGE and DELETE commands.
- Practical work Creating the catalog.
- Using stored scripts and LIST commands and REPORT.
- Checking backups.
Advanced Features
- Block corruption.
- TableSpace Point-In-Time Recovery (TSPITR).
- Cloning a database.
- Practical work Recovery of corrupted blocks.
SQL Server 2016, what's new
★★★★★
- MR-56
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
administration, security, development, performance, high availability: there are many new features in the SQL Server 2016 database engine. This course will provide you with knowledge of the most useful new features for an informed and efficient implementation of SQL Server 2016.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Review the additions of the 2016 version of SQL Server Know the new features for administration, security and performance monitoring Know what’s new for database development and design Understand major enhancements to In-Memory and Index Column Store technologies
209210Training program
Overview of SQL Server 2016
- Review of the contributions of the 2012 and 2014 versions.
- Overview of the contributions of the 2016 version.
- Migrate from previous versions.
- Practical work Migrate a database from a previous version.
New features for administration and security
- New features and improvements for installation and configuration.
- Best practices.
- Scenarios with the Cloud: Stretch Databases, to archive historical data in Azure .
- Backup to Azure.
- Encryption from the client to the database: Always Encrypted (or "full encryption").
- Multi-tenant architectures and Row Level Security.
- Masking sensitive data from unauthorized users, with Dynamic Data Masking.
- High-end improvements AlwaysOn availability.
- Basic availability groups with the Standard version.
- Practical work Use Always Encrypted, use row-level security, mask data with Dynamic Data Masking.
211What's new for development and design
- Automatic preservation of a history of table data, with temporal tables ("Temporal tables").
- JSON support.
- Functions to use data in JSON format.
- New features of the TSQL language, new commands and functions.
- Practical work Implement temporal tables.
What's new in the In-Memory and Index Column Store
- Reminder about In-Memory OLTP and Column Store Indexes with SQL Server 2014.
- The new capabilities of In-Memory OLTP with SQL Server 2016.
- Real-Time Operational Analytics: the new possibilities of Index Column Store reading/writing.
- Practical work Experimenting with In-Memory tables and Index Column Store.
New for performance
- Optimizer behavior with SQL 2016/2014.
- New commands and directives with ALTER DATABASE SCOPED CONFIGURATION.
- Track and improve performance with the Query Store.
- Practical work Configure the Query Store.
SQL Server 2014, what's new
★★★★★
- MR-57
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This course offers you a focus on the new features of SQL Server 2014 that are essential for efficient and secure use. You will see in particular the latest developments in terms of administration, optimization, security, high availability as well as the new components of the SQL Server BI solution.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Discover the main contributions of the 2014 version of SQL Server Understand major improvements for administration and security Get an overview of new features intended to improve performance Understand the purpose of using In-Memory OLTP in 2014 and how it works Understand the principles and purposes of high availability with SQL Server 2014 See the new components of the SQL Server BI solution in 2014
213214Training program
Overview of SQL Server 2014
- Overview of the main features of version 2014.
- Migrate from previous versions.
- Integration with Windows Server 2012.
- What's new in SQL Server Management Studio.
- Practical work Migrating from a previous database.
New features for administration and security
- New features in backups: encryption and integration with Windows Azure.
- New features in extended events (Xevents).
- New features in the resource governor for inputs/outputs.
- Using Storage Spaces with Windows Server 2012.
- Improvements to support network shares in SMB 3: SMB Transparent Failover, SMB Direct.
- New permissions.
- Practical work Use of extended events, encryption of backups.
215New for performance
- Clustered ColumnStore index: columnstore indexes on write-enabled tables.
- The new cardinality estimation engine.
- Controlling the durability of the transaction.
- Extending the data cache on SSD disk.
- Incremental statistics calculation.
- Practical work Creation of a table with index ColumnStore, Checking the durability of the transaction.
In-Memory OLTP
- What is In-Memory OLTP? What are the use cases? Creating in-memory tables.
- Interoperability with traditional tables.
- Creation of hash indexes and b-tree indexing.
- Creation of native compiled stored procedures.
- Practical work Creation and use of In-Memory tables .
High availability
- The principles of high availability with SQL Server 2014.
- Always On Availability Groups.
- Enhancements since SQL Server 2012.
- Integration with Windows Azure.
216New features for business intelligence
- A few reminders about business intelligence with SQL Server.
- The tabular model.
- Integration with Hadoop, HDInsight connectors.
- Power View for Excel.
- Power BI for Office 365.
- Power Query for Excel 2013.
- Power Map for Excel 2013.
- Practical work Demonstration of an HDInsight connection.
SQL Server 2014/2012, administration
★★★★★
- MR-58
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course will provide you with the knowledge necessary to install, configure and administer a SQL Server 2014 or 2012 database server. You will discover the architecture of the server, learn how to configure it and monitor its operation, manage storage spaces, automate tasks and perform backups and restores.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install and configure the Microsoft SQL Server DBMS Create a database and organize data file storage Define permissions and access controls on the database and manage certificates Automate and schedule routine administration tasks Create data backup and recovery plans Implement continuous monitoring of the database on modifications and its performance
218219Training program
Installation et configuration
- The tasks of the administrator and the means at his disposal.
- General architecture of SQL Server 2012.
- Installation, migration.
- Configuration tools.
- SQL Server Configuration Manager.
- Service and network management tool.
- Presentation of client tools.
- System objects and databases.
- Practical work Installation of SQL Server.
- Using dynamic consultation tools.
- Configuration using Policy Based Management (PBM).
220Storage space management
- Storage engine and physical storage.
- Object allocation.
- Table partitioning and indexes.
- Partition function.
- Partition scheme.
- Calculated columns.
- Managing database size and growth.
- Database dumps ( SNAPSHOT).
- Snapshot operationsrnInserting and importing data.
- Main options for BULK INSERT or BCP.
- Practical workr nCreating a database.
- File management.
- Creating snapshots.
221Security and encryption
- External and internal security.
- Secure connection and sessions, internal security model.
- Authentication modes.
- Resolution names.
- Roles: server roles, fixed database roles, user-created roles, application roles.
- Assignment of privileges (Grant, Revoke , Deny .
- .
- ).
- Ownership chaining.
- Contained Databases.
- Context of 'execution.
- Data encryption (symmetric, asymmetric).
- Encryption architecture.
- Database master key.
- Backing up and restoring keys.
- Extensible Key Management.
- SQL Server certificates, example usage.
- Encryption metadata.
- Transparent Data Encryption.
- Database audit, syntax for creating events to audit.
- Practical work Manipulation of permissions and access controls.
- Certificate management.
222Administrative tasks
- Task scheduling by the SQL Server agent.
- Job organization: job categories, step types, precedence rules and errors, notifications.
- Job scheduling, MSDB specific roles.
- Execution log, monitor.
- SQL Agent settings.
- Configuring alerts and of notifications.
- Managing operators.
- Sending emails from SQL Server: configuration of Database Mail and Agent parameters for sending emails.
- Configuring multi-server jobs.
- Event redirection DDL triggers.
- SQL Server events: performance, WMI, WQL.
- Physical integrity check.
- Retrieve low-level information about the SQL Server (DBCC) engine.
- Index structure reminders and index maintenance.
- Indexed views.
- Full text index.
- Recalculation of statistics.
- The maintenance plan tool.
- Use SQL Server Data Tools.
- Practical work Automation and scheduling of administrative work.
223Backups and restores
- The different types of backup (full, differential, journal.
- .
- ) Recovery mode (full, simple, bulk journaled.
- .
- ) and influence on data recovery.
- Establishment of a backup strategy.
- Backup security .
- T-SQL backups: integrity.
- Multi-file, multi-family backups.
- Scheduling backups.
- Base restoration, repairing damaged environments.
- Log restoration.
- Restoration in a different database.
- Page restoration.
- Base backup system.
- Master restoration.
- Practical work Creation of backup and restoration configurations.
224Monitoring and performance
- The profiler and the eXtended Events (XEvents) to trace usage.
- Extended events.
- DDL triggers to trace structure modifications.
- Metadata views and dynamic management views.
- Metadata stored procedures.
- Windows performance monitor.
- Counters and user events.
- Database Tuning Advisor.
- Visualization of locks and blocks, detection and treatment of deadlocks.
- Configuration of the server and databases.
- The resource governor.
- Practical work Setting up monitoring on structure modifications.
- Using the views of dynamic management.
- Management of a deadly lock.
SQL Server 2014/2012, implement high availability
★★★★★
- MR-59
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This course will teach you how to choose and implement the best high availability and disaster recovery strategy with SQL Server 2012/2014. You will see the different types of replicas, the latest enhancements as well as the geographically dispersed server cluster solution.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand the principles of high availability solutions offered in SQL Server Know the prerequisites and essential conditions for setting up an AlwaysOn failover cluster Configure a disaster recovery solution with Always On availability groups Implement a log shipping solution Identify the advantages and limitations of other availability solutions offered in SQL Server
226227Training program
Comparison of high availability solutions
- Definition of HADR, High Availability and Disaster Recovery.
- Comparison of the solutions offered in SQL Server.
AlwaysOn Failover Cluster Instances (Clustering Services)
- AlwaysOn Failover Cluster Instances (Clustering Services)
Always On Availability Groups, disaster recovery solution
- Operating principles, difference with the mirror in previous versions.
- The different types of replicas.
- Synchronous-asynchronous validation modes.
- Using the listener for client redirection.
- Securing the TCP channel.
- Monitoring with dynamic management views and performance counters.
- Improvements in SQL Server 2014.
- Manage manual failover.
- Practical work Setting up an Always On availability group.
228Other high availability methods
- Using replication for high availability.
- Copying backup files with log shipping.
- Using the Broker service with AlwaysOn availability groups.
- Hardware solutions.
- Third-party software offers.
- Geo-cluster, geographically dispersed server clusters.
- Practical work Implementation of a log shipping solution.
Master the MDX language for querying OLAP cubes
★★★★★
- MR-67
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training will teach you to master the MDX (Multi-Dimensional eXpressions) language to query your multidimensional data. You will see how to design scripts, query SQL Server 2005/2008 Analysis Services cubes and add business calculations to these cubes.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Write basic queries in MDX
language Develop advanced indicator calculation formulas in MDX
language Use sorting and classification instructions for data with MDX
Modify data in a cube with MDX language
231Training program
General overview of the MDX
- Reminder of the principles of OLAP.
- Definition of the language.
- The underlying mechanisms.
- The different uses of MDX with Analysis Services.
- Presentation of the basic concepts of the language (member, tuple, set, hierarchy.
- ).
- Practical work Examples of queries and use cases.
MDX Query Design
- Using the query development tool.
- Statement syntax ?'SELECT'.
- Writing complex queries.
- Use of key words and functions of the MDX language.
- Practical work Getting started with the development tool.
- Writing simple and complex MDX queries.
Calculated Members and Named Games
- Definition and usage scenarios for calculated members.
- Definition and usage scenarios for named sets.
- Syntax for writing calculated members and named sets .
- Practical work Example of creating business calculations (margin, relative contribution, reallocation).
232Navigation and selection
- Navigation in dimension hierarchies.
- Handling NULL and division by 0.
Sorting and classification of data
- Perform sorting, ranking, rankings on members via the MDX.
- Usage scenario.
- Practical work Use of sorting and sorting instructions classification of data with MDX.
Scripting de cubes SQL Server Analysis Services avec MDX
- Adding business calculations and functionalities to OLAP cubes with MDX.
- Usage scenarios.
- Practical work Writing a script for customize a cube.
Changing the multidimensional environment
- Writing to OLAP cubes (Writeback): creation, update.
- Modification, deletion of a cube with MDX.
- Using transactions.
- Practical work Updating data with MDX.
★★★★★
- MR-68
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
234235Training program
The emergence of the Object approach
- Problems in development projects.
- The emergence of Object concepts and their impact.
- The qualities expected from Object development.
Basic concepts
- The similarities and differences between the common sense object and the computer object.
- The notions of classes, encapsulation, inheritance, abstraction, polymorphism.
- Objects, properties, operations and bindings.
- The separation of interfaces and implementations.
- The advantages: extensibility, reusability, speed of design, myth or reality?
236Analysis and design by objects, UML
- Reminders about the software life cycle.
- The object and the iterative approach.
- Modeling, development, actors and roles.
- History of Object methods.
- Comparison.
- Need for a universal formalism for representing concepts.
- The genesis of UML.
- The essential characteristics.
- The presentation of the unified process.
- The analysis of the specifications.
- The cases of usage.
- Scenarios and sequence diagrams.
- Domain analysis.
- Class, state-transition and collaboration diagrams.
- Design.
- Algorithmics seen through activity diagrams.
- Production with object languages.
- L 'architecture.
- Component and deployment diagrams.
- A summary comparison between Merise and UML.
237The principles of successful modeling
- Reification? Why and when to put information in the form of objects? How to translate business concepts into objects? Objects as autonomous entities.
- Interaction between objects.
- Interfaces.
- Abstraction from analysis.
- Extensibility and adaptability of designs abstract.
- Reuse.
- Production by concrete classes.
238The object in programming
- The major object languages.
- Which language to choose? The fundamental characteristics of the languages.
- Comparison: C++, Java, etc.
- The approaches of these object languages.
- The impact of execution modes.
- Development tools, the market, players, categories and trends.
- The characteristics of the Java language.
- The interest of a virtual machine.
- The importance of class libraries.
- The organization of a Java project.
- The "all of Java".
- From the intranet to the smart card, from mobile phones to the workstation.
- Strategies around Java.
- What attitude to adopt?
Organizing reuse with Design Patterns
- Promote reuse through the industrialization of the design process.
- Implementation of standard reusable solutions: Design Patterns.
- The work of the GOF (Gang Of Four) and the main categories of Design Patterns.
239Business objects, frameworks
- What is a framework, how to use it? Relationship with software components.
- The pitfalls to avoid when designing frameworks.
- Differences between Design Patterns and frameworks.
Object-based client-servers
- Distributed object-based architectures.
- CORBA, Microsoft COM-DCOM, Java RMI.
- Contributions and limits.
- Support for technical services in order to move towards an assembly of business objects.
240Business objects, application servers and n-tier architectures
- The limits of the 2-tier in terms of modularity, scalability and capacity to support an increase in load.
- The contributions of multilevel architectures.
- Opening up to the Internet.
- Security.
- Business components.
- Offers: JEE, .
- NET, Corba Component Model .
- The JEE standard.
- Extending the notions of JavaBeans components to distributed architectures.
- The players in the JEE server market, from Sun to JBoss.
- Integration.
- Object/relational mapping.
- The different types of EJB: session, entity, message.
- The architecture.
- NET.
- Portability and interoperability.
- Evolution from COM to .
- NET.
- C#, a new component-oriented Object language.
- Comparison with Java.
- The CLR infrastructure.
- The base classes of.
- NET, ADO.
- NET, WebServices.
- The Model Driven Architecture approach.
- The concepts.
- Tooling.
- Profiles and metamodel.
241Object-based web infrastructures
- Web service-based architectures, operation, constituents.
- SOAP, WSDL, UDDI.
- SOA (Service Oriented Architecture), concepts.
- Business process management standards.
- The offers available.
.NET application design, overview
★★★★★
- MR-69
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This seminar will allow you to understand the contributions of the .NET framework, particularly the latest versions, as well as its impacts on the design and development of applications. You will see the components of the .NET architecture and how to use them to develop applications.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
243244Training program
Introduction to the .NET environment
- Presentation of the framework.
- NET.
- Languages, CLR/CLI.
- Framework version 3.
- 5 and 4.
- 0.
- Principles of Just In Time compilation.
- CIL.
- Development offer Microsoft.
- Integration of .
- NET into Microsoft's product offering.
- Presentation of the main components of the framework: ASP.
- NET, ADO.
- NET, Web Services.
- Demonstration Programs developed in C# and VB.
- NET.
- JIT and CIL compilation mechanisms.
245The .NET framework and .NET languages
- Presentation of the main languages: C#, VB.
- NET.
- Development approach for .
- NET: Object approach.
- Important notions in languages.
- Redistributable framework: role of the CLR in cross-language execution, execution in native code.
- Framework classes: important elements of the framework , homogeneity of classes.
- Demonstration Object and multilanguage programs.
246Divers types d'applications
- Rich client application with Windows Forms.
- Thin client application with ASP.
- NET.
- Understanding the life cycle of the 'application.
- HTML control, Server control.
- Browser compatibility.
- Tracing and debugging tools with .
- NET and VS.
- Demonstration Application of Windows Forms and ASP.
- NET.
- Embedded application.
247Data access in .NET
- Overview of XML and integration into the .
- NET.
- Serialization of data in XML.
- Definition of the XSD schema.
- Principle of ADO.
- NET: data access classes.
- Integration of a database connection, query generation.
- Creating lists.
- Debugging and tracing tools in SQL.
- DataBinding model and use in .
- NET.
- Demonstration Implementing DataBinding.
248Web Services
- Web Services operating principle.
- Execution architecture (WSDL, SOAP, XML, UUDI, etc.
- ).
- Web Services with .
- NET.
- Remoting Objects: .
- NET Remoting.
- Execution environment.
- Demonstration Programming with ASP.
- NET and implementing a Web service.
249Web Services
- Web Services operating principle.
- Execution architecture (WSDL, SOAP, XML, UUDI, etc.
- ).
- Web Services with .
- NET.
- Remoting Objects: .
- NET Remoting.
- Execution environment.
- Demonstration Programming with ASP.
- NET and implementing a Web service.
Application architecture and security
- Security management: authentication, encryption.
- Overall application architecture in .
- NET.
- Support for intelligent devices in .
- NET.
- Demonstration User identity control in .
- NET and runtime security management.
UML 2 for real time
★★★★★
- MR-70
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
The design of real-time and embedded systems requires an appropriate analysis and object design approach. In this course, you will implement, in addition to the specificities of UML modeling allowing you to respond to new problems, the best practices of associated software design.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Carry out the different activities of a software development process using UML Master the specificities of UML modeling of real-time and embedded systems Acquire good software design practices
251252Training program
Object concepts and UML presentation
- Object approach: qualities and advantages.
- Presentation of the fundamentals: class, member, encapsulation, inheritance, polymorphism.
- Introduction to UML.
- Modeling language.
- Development process.
- Assets and tools.
- UML and real time.
- Mechanism of 'extension.
- The UML meta-model.
Expression of needs
- Need-oriented expression.
- Actors, use cases and scenarios.
- Expression of constraints: OCL.
- Identification of domain objects.
- Architecture of the future computer system.
253Analysis: object model
- Objectives.
- Classes and instances.
- Identify objects.
- Associations, inheritance and generalization, composition and aggregation.
- Identify relationships, attributes and operations.
- Annotations and constraints, meta-model, stereotype, interfaces.
- OCL (Object Constraint Language).
Use case
- Business processes and use cases.
- High-level or developed, essential or real use cases.
- "include" and relationships
Static and dynamic models
- Association, roles, qualifiers, constraints.
- Aggregation, composition, inheritance.
- Packages.
- Static class diagrams, d 'objects, components, deployment.
- Dynamic collaboration, sequence, state-transition, activity diagrams.
- Typical design errors.
254Design of a real-time system
- Specificity of real-time projects.
- Principle of extensions in UML.
- Profile concepts.
- Parallelism and synchronization of processes.
- Representation of protocols, connectors and ports.
Conception et design patterns
- Introduction to Design Patterns.
- Areas of use and uses of Design Patterns.
- The GOF catalog.
- Design patterns and architecture (Singleton, Template method, Factory, DAO, Transfert Object.
- ).
From design to completion
- Associations, aggregations, composition, dependence.
- UML extension (stereotype, label.
- ) and interpretation in C++.
SysML, modeling your systems
★★★★★
- MR-71
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
SysML, the variant of UML 2 standardized by the OMG, is particularly suited to the field of industry and the modeling of complex systems (aeronautics, automobiles, energy, weapons, etc.). You will see how to use it effectively and discover the new SysML specific diagrams.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Use block diagrams for structural modeling of complex systems
Master the sequence diagram, the state diagram and the activity diagram for dynamic modeling
Model system requirements and relate them to the structural and dynamic elements of the modeling
Represent system constraints using the parametric diagram
257Training program
Introduction
- Objectives and origin of SysML.
- Positioning of SysML in relation to UML 2.
- Presentation of SysML diagrams.
- Presentation of a possible approach to use.
258Requirements modeling
- How to start analyzing a complex system? Start with the SysML requirements diagram, use case and sequence diagrams of UML 2.
- Use of requirements diagrams.
- Manage requirements.
- Relationships between requirements.
- Traceability.
- Use of requirements diagrams. 'usage (Use Case).
- The actors, the relationships between actors.
- Define scenarios based on use cases.
- The diagrams of sequence.
- Usage.
- Components.
- Temporal constraints.
- Practical work On the case study, identification of requirements and use cases.
- Creation of diagrams.
259Structural modeling
- Describe the architecture of a complex system in the form of interconnected subsystems using block diagrams.
- The concept of blocks.
- Part.
- Composition.
- Aggregations, associations, generalization, operations.
- Internal block diagram.
- Objectives.
- Interfaces.
- Use of the package diagram.
- Packages.
- Relationships between packages.
- Work practices Division of the system into blocks.
260Dynamic modeling
- Describe the dynamics of a complex system using state and activity diagrams from UML 2.
- States, events, transitions, conditions.
- Usage of the activity diagram.
- Execution semantics.
- Interruptible region.
- Expansion region.
- Reuse.
- System additions.
- Practical work Creation of state and activity diagrams.
Transversal modeling
- Describe the constraints that govern the system using the SysML parametric diagram.
- Detail of the parametric diagram.
- Constraints.
- The link with the requirements.
- The notion of allocation.
- The tabular representation.
- Return to the requirements.
- Practical work Creation of a parametric diagram.
261Conclusion
- Links between the different diagrams.
- Available tools.
- Useful resources.
- The need to use SysML with a Steps.
MariaDB, administration
★★★★★
- MR-72
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This internship will allow you to master all the administration tasks of a MariaDB database server. You will see how to install the server, configure it, perform backups/restores and manage production.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Learn about the MariaDB SGDB
Be able to install and configure MariaDB
Understand how to manage security
Be able to maintain the MariaDB server
Learn how to manage backups and restores
264Training program
Introduction et installation de MariaDB
- Versions and license types.
- MariaDB tools (client and administration).
- Server configuration: configuration files and parameters.
- Startup/stop.
- Installations (binary, from sources).
- Practical work Installation of MariaDB under Linux/Windows and use of client and software tools 'administration.
Objects of a MariaDB database
- Table types (MyISAM/Aria, XtraDB/InnoDB, FederatedX, Cassandra, SphinxSE, HandlerSocket.
- ).
- Changing the definition of a table.
- Index and view management.
- Base information_schema and performance_schema.
- Practical work Creation and use of views.
- Creation, modification of the definition of a table.
- Creation of indexes.
- Use of catalog databases.
265Connections, access rights, security
- User authentication.
- MariaDB system databases and their contents.
- Management of users and their privileges.
- Rights on stored views and processing.
- Using SSL.
- Practical work Complete post-installation security.
- Creating MariaDB accounts .
- Security management under MariaDB.
Storage engines and plug-ins
- Engines: MyISAM/Aria, XtraDB/InnoDB, Memory, Archive CSV, FederatedX, Blackhole, CassandraSE, SphinxSE, HandlerSocket.
- Transactional operation of the XtraDB/InnoDB engine.
- Table locking.
- MyISAM/Aria query cache and index cache.
- Practical work Changing the XtraDB/InnoDB settings.
- Implementing transactions.
266Maintaining a MariaDB server
- Session status (variables, "show status" command), forced termination of a session.
- Loading: LOAD DATA, myimport, SELECT INTO OUTFILE, mysqldump.
- Logs (general, errors, slow queries.
- ).
- Backup strategies.
- Backup methods and available tools.
- Backup and incremental recovery.
- Statistics update and defragmentation.
- Practical work Activation of logs.
- Tools loading/unloading.
- Backups and restores with "mysqldump".
- Using the binary log.
- Incremental backup.
- Incremental recovery.
PostgreSQL, prise en main
★★★★★
- MR-73
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
The PostgreSQL DBMS has the majority of features that can be found in commercial products like Oracle or DB2. This training will teach you how to use it effectively, in particular how to create and operate a database, or how to program with the PL/pgSQL language.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
268269Training program
Introduction
- PostgreSQL presentation, versions.
- The relational model, the schema.
- Tables, constraints.
- User interfaces.
270SQL avec PostgreSQL
- The SQL standard.
- Positioning PostgreSQL.
- Setting up a database schema.
- PostgreSQL data type.
- Tables.
- Sequences.
- Views.
- Integrity constraints on tables.
- Addition , modification and deletion of data.
- Querying the schema of a database.
- Selection, restriction, sorting, joining.
- Complex extractions.
- Using operators.
- PostgreSQL SQL specificities.
- Advanced PostgreSQL features.
- Transactions.
- Views.
- Tables.
- Table inheritance.
- Practical work Creating a schema.
- SQL DDL script.
- Creating views.
- Transaction scenarios.
271Le langage PL/pgSQL
- Instructions, types of the language.
- Code blocks.
- Control structures.
- Errors and exceptions.
- Cursors.
- Declare, move and close.
- Procedures and functions.
- Adding subroutines to a database.
- Triggers, triggers.
- Structure.
- Practical work Stored functions.
272Data maintenance
- Import/export data.
- With COPY TO and COPY FROM.
- With Psql.
- Backup and restore data.
- pg_dump tools.
- Query optimization.
- Indexes.
- The optimizer.
- EXPLAIN and VACUUM.
- Practical work Importing/exporting data.
- Creating indexes and analyzing query execution plans.
User and group management
- Creation.
- Authentication.
- Granting privileges.
- Practical work Creation of users, allocation of rights.
- Authentication tests.
273Configuration de PostgreSQL
- Installing and starting a database.
- The Postmaster.
- The Postgresql file.
- conf.
- System tables.
- Practical work Installation of a base and configuration.
Supplements
- Programming interfaces.
- Connecting PostgreSQL with PHP, JDBC, ODBC.
PostgreSQL, advanced administration
★★★★★
- MR-181
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
At the end of this course, you will know the advanced notions of administering a PostgreSQL database such as the fine configuration of an instance for better performance, the efficient management of connections and the use of scripts to facilitate operation.
Who is this training for ?
For whomDatabase administrators and systems administrators.

Good knowledge of PostgreSQL administration or equivalent knowledge
Training objectives
Understand MySQL SDBG measurement and diagnostic tools.
Master application optimization techniques.
Analyze and optimize server and application performance.
Optimize the relational schema and SQL queries.
276Training program
PostgreSQL Overview
- Brief reminders about PostgreSQL administration.
- Managing multiple instances on the same machine.
Creating and administering an instance
- Data directories.
- Transaction and activity logs.
- Installation of automatic tasks.
- Volume management.
- Using storage spaces.
- Defining the transaction log space.
- Loading data with pgLoader.
- Partitioning tables.
- Materialized views.
- Administering an instance.
- Using the system catalog.
- Tracking volumes.
- Connection tracking.
- Transaction tracking.
277Administrator contributions
- pgbench: installation, configuration and use.
- pg_stattuple: status of tables and indexes.
- pg_freespacemap: status of free spaces.
- pg_buffercache: memory status.
- pg_stat_statments: information on executed SQL statements.
Performance and settings (reminders)
- Limit connections.
- Shared memory sizing.
- Sort and hash operations.
- Optimize data deletions.
- Optimize transaction log management.
- Refine auto-vacuum with thresholds.
- Practical work
Supervision of an instance
- Activity statistics.
- PgBadger.
- Analysis of activity logs and Vacuum messages.
- Munin, presentation.
- Practical work.
278Advanced connection management
- Connection strings, connection attributes, multi-host connections.
- Pgbouncer.
- Installation and configuration of the pool manager.
- The use case.
- Definitions of connection pools.
- Practical work
Supplements (overall vision)
- Defining replication and high availability.
- Warm Standby overview.
- Slony overview.
PostgreSQL, tuning
★★★★★
- MR-76
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This course will teach you the different techniques to optimize your PostgreSQL servers and database applications. You will see how to improve the performance of SQL queries as well as that of your server through better configuration.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
280281Training program
Main parameters
- The different optimization parameters (connections, memory.
- ).
- Exercise: Modifying the memory parameters and analyzing the result.
Processing algorithms
- The PostgreSQL engine.
- Details of the different query processing mechanisms.
- Exercise: Comparison of performance by applying different processing algorithms for the same request.
Query algorithms
- Query processing method (statistics.
- ).
- The different types of algorithm (join, LOOP.
- ).
- Exercise: Comparison of performance by applying different query algorithms.
Memory optimization
- Configuration of memory parameters (shared_buffers.
- ).
- Method for calculating the value of shared_buffers.
282Cache mechanisms and access performance
- Disk cache for data files.
- Transaction log cache.
- Free space cache.
- Cache for temporary objects.
- Exercise: Modification of different caches, memory and behavior analysis.
283Performance through APIs and connectors
- Use of APIs (Java, PHP.
- ).
- Use of connectors (example: TranQL).
- Optimize the management of resources.
- Organization of tables with CLUSTER.
- Configuration of operating system kernel resources.
- Data distribution.
- Free space management.
- PostgreSQL isolation level (READ COMMITED.
- ).
- Lock levels.
- Lock method under PostgreSQL (record, table.
- ).
- Stack size.
Hadoop, installation et administration
★★★★★
- MR-77
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
The Apache Hadoop platform makes it easier to create distributed applications. This internship will allow you to understand its architecture and give you the knowledge necessary to install, configure and administer a Hadoop cluster. You will also learn how to optimize it and maintain it over time.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Discover the concepts and issues related to Hadoop Understand how the platform and its components work Install the platform and manage it Optimize the platform
285286Training program
Overview of the Apache Hadoop Framework
- Big Data challenges and contributions of the Hadoop framework.
- Presentation of the Hadoop architecture.
- Description of the main components of the Hadoop platform.
- Presentation of the main market distributions and complementary tools (Cloudera, MapR, Dataiku.
- ).
- Advantages/disadvantages of the platform.
Hadoop cluster preparations and configuration
- Hadoop Distributed File System (HDFS) working principles.
- MapReduce working principles.
- Cluster "type" design.
- Hardware selection criteria.
- Practical work Configuration of the Hadoop cluster.
Installing a Hadoop platform
- Deployment type.
- Installation of Hadoop.
- Installation of other components (Hive, Pig, HBase, Flume.
- ).
- Practical work Installation of a Hadoop platform and main components.
287Managing a Hadoop cluster
- Management of Hadoop cluster nodes.
- TaskTracker, JobTracker for MapReduce.
- Management of tasks via schedulers.
- Management of logs.
- Using a manager.
- Practical work List jobs, queue status, job status, task management, access to the web UI.
Data management in HDFS
- Import of external data (files, relational databases) to HDFS.
- Handling of HDFS files.
- Practical work Import external data with Flume, consult relational databases with Sqoop.
Advanced configuration
- Authorization and security management.
- Recovery from name node failure (MRV1).
- NameNode high availability (MRV2/YARN).
- Practical work Configuration of a service-level authentication (SLA) and an Access Control List (ACL).
288Monitoring et optimisation Tuning
- Monitoring (Ambari, Ganglia.
- ).
- Benchmarking/profiling of a cluster.
- Apache GridMix tools, Vaaidya .
- Choose block size.
- Other tuning options (use of compression, memory configuration.
- ).
- Practical work Understand cluster monitoring and optimization commands as they come.
Essentials of Java and Object
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course teaches object programming in Java, gradually addressing all the constructs of the language and also presenting UML notation and the main standard libraries such as input/output, collections and graphical interfaces. Students will learn to develop robust and efficient Java programs by becoming familiar with the basic concepts of object-oriented programming and their implementation in Java.
Who is this training for ?
For whomUnconfirmed developers, engineers, project managers close to development.

- Basic knowledge of programming. Desirable experience in application development.
Training objectives
- Implement the principles of object-oriented programming
- Master the syntax of the Java language
- Master the main Java standard libraries
- Master an integrated development environment to program in Java
291Training program
Object techniques
- The general principles of Object modeling and programming.
- Abstraction and encapsulation: interfaces.
- The different forms of inheritance, polymorphism.
- Introduction to UML modeling: the static model, the dynamic model, the cooperation model, scenarios.
- Practical work The UML specification of a case study which will be one of the guiding threads of the following exercises.
Basic language constructs
- Variables: declaration and typing.
- The definition of fields.
- Methods: definition.
- Expressions.
- Control instructions: conditional, loop, branch instructions.
- Arrays.
- Enumerated types, autoboxing.
- Compilation units and packages: controlling the visibility of classes, the import mechanism.
- Static imports.
- Practical work Suite of simple exercises allowing you to get to grips with the development environment and create a simple program.
- Using packages.
292The definition and instantiation of classes
- Classes and objects.
- Fields, methods.
- Constructors.
- Self-reference.
- Static fields and methods.
- Methods with variable number of arguments.
- Methodological aspects: class design.
- Practical work Case study programming.
293The legacy
- The different forms of inheritance: extension and implementation.
- Interfaces and the implementation of interfaces.
- Pomorphism and its implementation work.
- The extension.
- The definition of derived classes, constructors, references.
- Methodological aspects.
- The construction of class hierarchies.
- Code factorization: abstract classes.
- The simultaneous use of the implementation and the extension.
- Abstract classes.
- Methodological aspects: the grouping of constants, the specification of services.
- The construction of hierarchies of classes and interfaces.
- Genericity.
- Practical work Design and construction of a hierarchy of classes and interfaces.
- Implementation of polymorphism and genericity in the study of cases.
294The exceptions
- The Try blocks, the generation of exceptions.
- The catch() selection algorithm.
- Methodological aspects: the construction of a hierarchy exception, the use of exceptions.
- Practical work Introduction of exceptions in the case study.
Programming inputs/outputs
- The hierarchy of input/output classes.
- Some classes for handling file systems.
- Some input/output classes working on the byte flows, on the Char flows.
- Keyboard inputs/outputs.
- Practical work Reading/writing in files.
Graphical programming
- Basic concepts: the principles of visualization and event management from jdk1.
- 1.
- Visualization of graphical components: containers and Layouts.
- Some graphic components: labels, buttons, text boxes.
- Event management: Listeners and Adapters.
- The association of managers with graphic components.
- Practical work Construction of a GUI.
295Some utility classes
- System classes.
- Container classes.
- Practical work Implementation of utility classes.
Java 8, discover the new features through practice
★★★★★
- MR-79
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to understand and practice the new features of version 8 of Java. You will discover lambda expressions and exploit the possibilities of functional programming. You will learn how to interact JavaScript code with Java code and discover new APIs.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Use lambda expressions
Exploit the possibilities of functional programming
Use JavaScript codes from Java 8
Know the new date and time management API
298Training program
Synthèse des nouveautés de Java 8
- Vue d'ensemble des ajouts : 195 nouvelles entités (classes, interfaces).
- Les expressions lambda.
- Ecrire du code SQL dans un code Java 8.
- Les implémentations par défaut des interfaces et
- FunctionalInterface, les nouvelles annotations.
- Les évolutions des streams.
- La nouvelle API de gestion des dates et des heures.
- Les évolutions d'API de java.
- lang, java.
- util, java.net.
- La possibilité d'exécuter du code JavaScript avec Java 8 Nashorn.
- Travaux pratiques Vérification de l'installation du JDK 8 (outils, javadoc).
299Lambda expressions
- Notion of nested anonymous class, improvements brought by the concept of lambda expression.
- Syntactic aspects (declaration, implementation, passing parameters, scope of variables.
- ).
- The concept of "functor" through "functional" interfaces and the java package.
- util.
- function .
- Using lambda-expressions to manipulate collections.
- Contributions in writing SQL code The Listeners.
- Practical work Discovery of lambda-expressions.
Advanced functional programming
- The use of
- FunctionalInterface.
- The functional interfaces provided by JDK 8.
- Predicate, Function, Supplier, Consuler.
- References to methods and constructors.
- Practical work Implementation of advanced aspects.
300Java 8 rhino
- JavaScript within Java? From Rhino present in Java 7 to Oracle Nashorn, ECMAScript-262 engine of Java 8.
- Using the jjs command line.
- Call JavaScript code from a Java application, either directly or using a separate file.
- js.
- Call Java code from a JavaScript script.
- Practical work JavaScript calls from Java.
301New Date and Time API
- The difficulties caused by the Date and GregorianCalendar APIs, the JodaTime alternative and the JSR 310.
- The concepts of machine time and human time, the basic principles of the new API .
- Machine time management with java.
- time.
- Instant and java.
- time.
- Duration.
- Human time with java.
- time.
- LocalDate, java.
- time.
- LocalTime, java.
- time.
- LocalDateTime.
- Practical work Using the new date and time management API.
302Other new features
- New streams.
- Map-reduce.
- Practical work Implementation of new features.
Java, testing and quality
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Software quality is a major challenge today. You will implement Open Source tools to industrialize your developments and ensure this quality. You will learn to manage the sources, documentation, anomalies and developments of an application as well as all related tests.
Who is this training for ?
For whomJava/Java EE developers, quality managers and project managers.

Good knowledge of Java programming.
Training objectives
Industrialization of software development
Management of development sources using a centralized or decentralized system
Management of anomalies and functional changes in an application
Implement coding standards and software documentation
Implement different types of tests (unit, functional, robust and performance tests)
Automation of defined tasks
305Training program
General Introduction
- What is software quality? Why do it? How to industrialize software development?
Source management
- Definition, interest in the organization of work, uniqueness of the development environment.
- Practical work Presentation of free CVS and/or Subversion source management software (SVN).
Tool for managing bugs, anomalies and functional developments
- Functional description, interest for developers, users, managers.
- Definition and interest in sorting bugs, anomalies and functional developments.
- Practical work rnPresentation of free software for managing bugs, anomalies and functional developments Bugzilla and/or Mantis.
Coding rules and documentation
- Interest (beyond clan oppositions).
- Beyond style: file organization rules.
- Interest of documentation, documentation code and other documentation (HOWTO.
- ).
- Practical work Review of Sun's recommendations and coding rules.
- Presentation and configuration of CheckStyle.
- Code documentation exercises.
306Tests
- Why do tests? Presentation of the different types of tests: unit, functional, robustness and performance tests.
- Which tests to run and when? Use of "Mock" and "Fake" objects during unit tests.
- Coverage of unit tests.
- Practical work Practice of unit testing with JUnit (free software ) and other tools.
- Overview of functional testing with Mercury tools (commercial software), HttpUnit (free software).
Delivery procedures
- Interest of delivery procedures.
- Classic and non-traditional steps (manual, robustness tests).
Task automation
- Presentation of tasks to be automated.
- Practical work Presentation and introduction to Ant (free software).
Overall conclusion: quality measures
- Summary of quality measures: coding convention, documentation, test coverage, automation of procedures.
- Establishment of a quality dashboard.
Test Driven Development and Java/JEE
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This course will provide you with all the knowledge necessary to develop your Java/Java EE applications around the best unit testing and recipe tools and practices. You will learn how to integrate testing into your development cycle, Refactoring, emergent design and agile practices.
Who is this training for ?
For whomSoftware development engineers or project managers.

None
Training objectives
Master the approach and implementation of Test Driven Development Integrate tests into the development cycle of a Java/Java EE application Get to grips with the main testing and continuous integration tools
308309Training program
Definition and principles of TDD
- Testing in the development process.
- Process, quality, tests.
- Typology of tests.
- Origin of TDD.
- Agility and testing.
- Development cycle.
- The 3A.
- Exception handling.
- Refactoring and emergent design.
- Scenario management.
- TDD gains? Practical work Design and integration of tests in the development cycle? a project.
Automated testing with the JUnit framework
- The need for a testing framework.
- JUnit.
- Alternatives (TestNG) and complementary tooling.
- Best practices associated with JUnit.
- Practical work Implementation of JUnit.
310Agile development best practices
- TDD and RDBMS data management, graphical interfaces, Web interfaces.
- Practical work Implementation of practices.
Advanced techniques with TDD
- Correct anomalies.
- Manage the increase in load, product security.
- Management of software security.
- Management of performance.
- Stress tests.
- Practical work Anomaly management.
- Performance tests.
Mock and Stub objects
- The theory.
- Application of the theory without using a library.
- Discovery of the libraries on the market.
- Detailed study of JMOCK or MockObject.
- Practical work Using Mock objects.
311Test Writing Techniques
- Fixtures.
- Qualities of test code.
- Responsibility-based testing, implementation.
- TDD styles .
- Practical work Improve the quality of written tests.
Legacy Code Testing
- What is legacy code? Legacy code evolution cycle.
- Functional testing with Fit and FitNesse.
- Functional testing and TDD.
- Running functional tests with FitNesse.
The tools
- Open Source and commercial tools.
- Hardware testing architecture.
- Study of a continuous integration tool.
- Study and choice of a continuous integrator.
- Study of a test coverage tool.
- Study of a test management and communication tool between MOA and MOE: Fitnesse .
- Practical work Implementation of several tools.
Swing, rich client development in Java
★★★★★
- MR-82
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
In this course, you will discover the Swing graphics library for developing rich client-style Java interfaces. You will study components and their interactions with users, graphic design environments and deploy your applications via Java Web Start.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Define the skeleton of a Swing application using containers Organize graphic components using layouts Create user interaction elements Deploy a Swing application with Java Web Start
313314Training program
Introduction
- Presentation and origin of Swing.
- Evolutions of Java graphics toolkits.
- The basic principles.
- Integration with J2SE.
- MVC platform.
- "Lightweight" and "Heavyweight" components.
- Presentation of AWT and Java2D, connection with Swing.
- Notions of Layout and LookAndFeel, events.
Main containers
- Containers for creating windows, dialog boxes and various panels.
- JFrame and JDialog: windows and dialog boxes.
- JMenu, JMenuPopup, etc. .
- JPanel: generic container.
- JScrollPane: scrollable container.
- JToolBar, JDesktopPane.
- JFileChooser.
- Practical work Definition of the application model.
- Creation of the HMI skeleton with window, dialog boxes, etc.
315Main layouts
- The layout, for the arrangement of display elements.
- Objectives and principles.
- Standard layouts BorderLayout, GridBagLayout.
- Use of TableLayout, FormLayout and SwingLayout.
- Creation of a new layout.
- Practical work Organization of HMI components using layout.
Main components
- JLabel: simple text or HTML integration.
- Text components: JTextField, JTextArea, JEditorPane.
- Buttons: JButton, JComboBox, JCheckBox.
- JList, JTree, JTable (models, Renderer, Editor).
- Practical work Creation of interaction elements, management of user events, development of the application.
316Advanced functions
- Creation of a component.
- Use of actions (toolbars, menu, popup, button).
- Drag'n Drop mechanism.
- Use/installation and adaptation of a Look & Feel.
- Binding framework (JGoodies).
- Asynchronous processing with SwingUtilities, SwingWorker.
- Internationalization.
- Undo/redo mechanism.
- Practical work Implementation of advanced techniques.
Environnements Swing
- Reduce work through the use of graphic design environments and various APIs.
- Frameworks: SwingX, Jide, SwingAppKit.
- Presentation of Matisse and Eclipse Plug-ins.
- Deployment with Java Web Start.
JavaFX 8, create rich graphical interfaces
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
During this course, you will learn to use the graphical components of the JavaFX library, the Oracle standard for the development of graphical interfaces in Java. You will acquire skills to design the architecture of your applications, improve the responsiveness of your interfaces and prepare the deployment of your applications with a view to their distribution.
Who is this training for ?
For whomDevelopers, architects, project managers wanting to become familiar with the development of RIA applications with JavaFX.

Good knowledge of Java SE programming.
Training objectives
Design and develop a JavaFX application
Exploit the different graphical interface components
Implement JavaFX architecture best practices
Packager and deploy a JavaFX application
319Training program
Getting started with JavaFX
- Rich client graphics applications.
- What is JavaFX? Runtime environments.
- Development environments and tools.
- Basic architectural concepts.
- Reference documentation, communities, and reference websites.
- Hands-on First JavaFX application.
GUI components
- UI controls: texts, lists, tables, HTML content.
- Screen formatting: layouts.
- Chart type graphics.
- Application skin via CSS style sheets.
- Practical work Tours of the official demo application.
- Implementation of the different components of graphic interface.
320Architecture of a JavaFX application
- Build the interface: SceneBuilder, FXML language.
- Work with the Scene Graph API: nodes, parents, groups, regions.
- Event management: keyboard, mouse, drag and drop.
- Properties and binding, listenable collections.
- Custom and redistributable components.
- Hybrid applications JavaFX / HTML 5 + JavaScript .
- Practical work Creation of a complete application implementing JavaFX architectural best practices.
Competition and interoperability
- Threading model of a JavaFX application.
- Executing background tasks: the concurrent JavaFX framework.
- JavaFX and Swing integration.
- Practical work Implementation of background tasks and optimization of the user interface.
Graphics
- Image management API.
- Draw via canvas.
- 3D graphics.
- Practical work Graphics integration 2D and 3D within an application.
321Effects, animations and multimedia
- Create visual effects.
- 2D and 3D transformations.
- Transitions and animations.
- Embed media: audio and video.
- Practical work Creation of a multimedia player.
Package and deploy applications
- Starting and running JavaFX applications.
- Internationalizing a JavaFX application.
- Application packaging.
- Deployment: standalone, applet , Java Web Start.
- Practical work Packaging an application and demonstrating the different deployment modes.
Develop Eclipse plug-ins and RCP clients
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This course covers the fundamental architecture and mechanisms underlying Eclipse and RCP, then explores the multiple aspects of developing and integrating plug-ins into the Eclipse and RCP environment. p>
Who is this training for ?
For whomDevelopers, project managers and software architects.

Good knowledge of Java and basic knowledge of using Eclipse.
Training objectives
- Develop rich client applications with Eclipse RCP
Master the Eclipse plug-in development cycle - Manipulate SWT and JFace graphic components
- Improve the plug-ins installed on the platform via extension points
324Training program
Eclipse and RCP concepts and architecture
- The objectives of Eclipse and RCP.
- The general architecture.
- The organization of information.
- Use of the PDE .
- Practical work Using the PDE and creating a minimal plug-in.
Graphical bases necessary for creating rich clients
- SWT components (Controls, Layout, Dialog, Composite.
- ).
- Event processing.
- JFace components (TableViewer ,TreeViewer, Wizard, Dialog,.
- ).
325Plug-in development
- The declaration in the plugin.
- xml.
- manifest.
- mf.
- The API and its implementation.
- Construction and integration.
- Visualize and edit information: Views and their synchronization, Editors and EditorInput.
- Add Actions/Commands in the context menus and toolbar.
- Practical work Writing several synchronized simple Views.
- Uses of actions.
326Complementary components
- Define extension points.
- The integration pattern.
- Lazy proxies.
- Creating and extending a perspective.
- Internationalization.
- The fragments.
- The documentation.
- Writing automated tests with SWTBot.
- Practical work Construction of an extension point.
- Internationalization and integration of Views and Editors in an existing perspective.
Development of an RCP application
- Create an RCP application.
- Manage launch configurations.
- Deliver an RCP application Practical work Building an RCP application, building an executable.
Packager et deployer
- Presentation of the feature and udpate site mechanism.
- Automate the construction of deliverables with Tycho.
JPA, data persistence in Java
★★★★★
- MR-85
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Inspired by the Hibernate and Toplink frameworks, JPA has become the standard for managing the persistence of Java objects in a database. In this training, you will implement the concept of object-relational mapping guaranteeing better portability of your Java EE applications.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Establish a mapping between Java objects and relational tables
Create, update and delete persistent objects
Master the JPQL query language
Manage transactions
329Training program
Java and JPA persistence techniques
- The different persistence mechanisms: Java API and frameworks.
- The Java Persistence API (JPA) solution.
- Integration of JPA into a Java EE application.
Developing a persistent class
- Code the persistent class.
- Perform the Object/relational mapping.
- Configure and start the JPA engine.
- Perform a query JPQL.
- Saving a persistent object.
- Practical work Mapping a class.
- Executing a JPQL query.
Object/Relational Mapping with JPA
- Context and objectives of an ORM.
- Principle of developing persistent classes.
- Using annotations to configure an Object/Relational mapping.
- Mapping classes and associations.
- Mapping strategy for inheritance.
- Practical work Choose an identifier generator.
- Implementation of a one-to-one, one-to-many and inheritance relationship.
330Handle persistent objects
- The different reading techniques.
- Loading strategies.
- Principle of lazy loading.
- CRUD operations (Create/ Read/Update/Delete).
- Life cycle of persistent objects.
- Synchronization with the database.
- Practical work Create , update and delete persistent objects.
Advanced use of mapping
- Compound primary key, multitable mapping.
- Control INSERT and UPDATE queries.
- List, map and many-to-many associations.
- Practical work Mapping a secondary table.
- Implementation of a many-to-many association.
331The JPQL language
- Query queries.
- Operations on strings and temporal data.
- Inner, outer and reported joins.
- Principle of subqueries.
- Queries on sets.
- Practical work Perform an optimized JPQL query.
Concurrent Transactions and Access
- Recall the properties of a transaction.
- Transactional management with JPA.
- Integration in a Web and EJB application.
- Lock pessimistic and optimistic.
- Practical work Implementation of transactional management.
Spring 3 framework, develop enterprise applications
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to learn how to use the Spring framework to develop more efficient and robust Java applications. You will see how to facilitate the configuration of the different components of your application, carry out tests more easily and reduce development efforts.
Who is this training for ?
For whomJava/Java EE developers.

Good knowledge of Java development. Experience in enterprise application development required.
Training objectives
This training will allow you to design web applications using a lightweight container, apply dependency injection and aspect-based programming in your application, integrate the main Spring modules such as Spring Core, Spring MVC, and Spring Security, and implement a data access layer
334Training program
Introduction
- Presentation of the Java EE ecosystem.
- The place of Spring in this ecosystem, particularly in relation to EJBs.
- The state of the art of best practices for designing an application.
- The role of a lightweight container.
Lightweight container and inversion of control
- Object support by Spring.
- Management of the life cycle of objects entrusted to Spring (Singleton pattern, Prototype).
- Programming by interface and weak coupling (pattern Strategy).
- Dependency injection.
- Presentation of setter and constructor injection: what type of injection in which case? Programmatic access to the container.
- Configuration by annotations.
- Practical work Installation of Spring and its environment.
- Upgrading in practice of dependency injection within an application.
335Aspect Oriented Programming
- Presentation of the concept of Aspect Oriented Programming (AOP).
- Vocabulary (aspect, join point, pointcut, advice.
- ).
- Spring AOP versus AspectJ.
- Proxies (ProxyFactory.
- ).
- Advice types (
- Before,
- AfterReturning.
- ).
- Declaration and implementation of an aspect.
- The different expression formats of Pointcut.
- XML configuration versus annotations.
- Practical work Putting aspect-based programming into practice within an application.
336Unit tests
- Quality improvement through unit testing with JUnit and mocks.
- The contribution of the IOC.
- Integration of JUnit into Spring.
- Practical work Setting up unit tests within Spring.
Implementing data access
- Spring/JDBC coupling (JdbcTemplate).
- Presentation of the challenges of relational mapping.
- JPA (and JPA 2) as an API for standardizing persistence in Java.
- Hibernate as an implementation of JPA.
- Spring / JPA coupling.
- Transactions implementation: by aspect, by annotation, programmatic.
- Practical work Implementation of a data persistence layer with JPA.
The Web
- The MVC model.
- Implementing the MVC pattern with Spring Web-MVC.
- Using annotations in implementing the MVC model.
- Spring - JSR 303 (Bean Validation) coupling for input validation.
- Implementation of Ajax with Spring MVC.
- Practical work Implementing the presentation layer with Spring-MVC.
337Security
- Introduction to Spring Security for managing authentication and authorization.
- Creating, loading, and retrieving a security context.
- Enabling a filter.
- Creation of a login form.
- Securing methods.
- Application of a security strategy by aspects, by annotations.
- Practical work Setting up security with Spring Security.
Spring Remoting
- What does Spring Remoting do? The different types of remote access (RMI, JAX-WS, JAX-RPC.
- ).
- Reminder about RMI and serialization.
- Using RMI with Spring.
- Configuring the client and server.
- Reminder about REST Web Services.
- Integration of REST and Spring MVC.
- Configure the request, transform the response.
- Practical work Integration of RMI and REST Web Services in the application.
338Run a JMS
- Concept of synchronous or asynchronous communication.
- JMS callbacks.
- Concept of producer and consumer.
- Possible destination type: Queue , Topic.
- Implementations.
- Integration and configuration of JMS in Spring.
- Using "Point to Point" and "Publish" mode /Subscribe".
- Defining a JmsTemplate.
- Synchronous and asynchronous reception of messages.
- Sending messages.
- Practical work Produce and consume JMS messages posted in a Topic from Spring.
339Spring et JMX
- Presentation of the architecture and concepts of JMX (Managed Beans, JMX agents, MBean Server).
- Bean Spring.
- Annotations (
- ManagedResource,
- ManagedAttribute,
- ManagedOperation.
- ).
- Configuration Spring.
- Creation of an MBean Server.
- MBeans supervision and administration tool: JConsole.
- Practical work Administrating Spring Beans via JConsole.
Spring 4 framework, developing enterprise applications
★★★★★
- MR-87
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course will teach you how to use the Spring 4 framework to develop more robust and efficient Java applications. You will also see how to facilitate, using the framework, the configuration of the different components of your Web applications and the performance of tests, while reducing your development efforts.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Implement Spring on the different layers of an n-tier application
Implement a REST and MVC Web facade
Ensure the persistence of your data
Secure your application with Spring
SecurityCouple Spring with other technologies in the ecosystem Java JEE
342Training program
Introduction
- Good design practices: separation of responsibilities, KISS, DRY, POJO.
- Positioning of Spring in relation to the Java EE specification and Java EE application servers.
- What’s new compared to version 3.
Spring Container Overview
- Core technologies: object life cycle, dependency injection and interceptions.
- Data access: JDBC, JPA, Hibernate.
- Transaction management.
- The Web: webmvc and REST.
- Integration with other technologies.
- Deployment strategies: servlet container, application server, TC Server, Cloud.
- Beyond Spring Framework: Spring Data, Spring Batch.
The work environment
- The Eclipse environment.
- The Spring Tool Suite (STS) plug-in.
- Maven dependencies.
- Practical work rnInstalling the Spring Tool Suite IDE and plugin.
343N-tier splitting, dependency injection and interceptions
- Layering, the POJO approach.
- State management: stateful application vs stateless application.
- Dependency injection by setter , by constructor.
- Interceptors and aspect-oriented programming, coupling with AspectJ.
- Asynchronous invocations.
- Scheduled invocations (task and scheduling).
- Configuration of the container (by annotations or xml), profiles.
- Testing managed beans: coupling with JUnit, use of Mocks.
- Practical work Setting up an n-tier application, using Spring as a factory to manage our objects (life cycle, dependency injection, interception).
344Data access and transaction management
- Coupling with Spring JDBC and the JDBCTemplate.
- Use of embedded databases: H2, HSQL, Derby.
- Coupling with the JPA API and the Hibernate framework.
- The Spring transactional monitor, coupling with JTA 1.
- 2.
- Support for transactions within tests.
- Introduction to Spring Data for NoSQL databases.
- Practical work Setting up persistent entities in a Java project.
- Spring life cycle management of the JPA entityManager, use of Spring's transactional monitor and JTA annotations.
Web HMI with Spring MVC
- Reminder of the MVC pattern.
- The 2 ways binding based on POJO.
- The views: JSP and JSTL, Freemarker, Velocity, JasperReports.
- Surface validation with JSR 303.
- Internationalization.
- Exception management.
- Practical work Implementation of Spring MVC within a web application that exposes the previously developed business layer.
345Implementation of REST Web Services
- What is a URI? Reminders of the basics of the http protocol: verbs, return codes, contentType, http headers.
- Using Spring MVC to implement a RESTFUL web application.
- Cross Origin Shared Resource.
- Using Spring cache to cache responses from REST endpoints.
- Establishment of a discoverable API with HATEOAS.
- Practical work Development of a Web facade exposing the services previously developed, consumption of REST Web Services by an html client / javascript (using angularJS).
Implementation of websockets
- Web concepts " real time ".
- Presentation of STOMP and SockJS.
- Browser support, fallback mechanisms.
- Server-side setup.
- Client-side setup (HTML, iOS, Android).
- Exercise: Adding a connection websocket to the previously developed html/javascript client.
346Security elements
- Introduction to Spring Security for managing authentication and authorization.
- Creating, loading, and retrieving a security context.
- Enabling a filter.
- Creation of a login form.
- Securing methods.
- Application of a security strategy by aspects, by annotations.
- Practical work Setting up security with Spring Security and coupling with Spring MVC.
Integrating Spring with Other Technologies
- The challenge posed by the integration between Spring and third-party technologies.
- The coupling between Spring and JMX: managedResource and managedOperation.
- Activation of the console Sun JMX Web (HtmlAdaptorServer).
- Exposure with http Invoker.
- Practical work Supervision with JMX, setting up an endpoint with http Invoker in order to expose the services developed previously.
Edge Animate, create interactive animations for the Web
★★★★★
- MR-88
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This course will allow you to design interactive content for all types of mobile terminals compatible with iOS and Android systems, as well as for all modern computer browsers. You will implement HTML5, JavaScript and CSS3 functionality without having to manipulate code.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Customize and save your workspace
Add animations to an existing HTML page
Create a responsive layout
Use the timeline to create animations
Manage typography within animations
349Training program
Interface Overview
- Installing and starting the software.
- Create a workspace.
- The toolbar, Elements panel, and Stage.
- The Properties panel.
- The Library, Assets, Symbols and Fonts panels.
- The Scenario and Code panels.
- The timeline: general overview.
- Case study Personalize and save your workspace.
Create and save an Edge document
- The Rectangle, Rounded Rectangle and Ellipse tools.
- The Text tool.
- Place an image.
- Create content for Edge Animate with Photoshop, Illustrator and FW.
- Formats and image weights for the Internet.
- Preview a document.
- Practical work Create three versions of sites, small, medium and large.
350Modify, enrich and reuse
- Manipulate objects on the stage.
- Reorder, align and distribute.
- Function for prioritization, object groups and overflow.
- Export/Import symbols.
- ansym.
- Practical work r nAdd animation to existing HTML.
Typography and proportional layout
- Add Webfonts to an animated composition.
- Free online fonts.
- Downloadable, local and CSS fonts.
- Subscription fonts.
- Resizing options.
- Percentage and pixel guides.
- Symbol scaling.
- Practical work Creating a responsive layout.
351Animate
- Use the timeline (basic rules, player).
- Create an animation (movement, appearance, rhythm, acceleration).
- Transitions and animation keys .
- Copy/paste transitions.
- Lock mark and pop.
- Use the rotation or tilt function of an object.
- Displaying symbols, labels, and inserting moving text.
- Practical work Producing an animation.
Interactivity
- Add interactivity.
- Code on the timeline.
- Actions on objects.
- Cursor property.
- Exercise: Exercise: on interactivity.
352Exporter / diffuser
- Overview of the anatomy of an Edge Animate project.
- Export an animation.
- Bottom level scene (IE 6, 7 and 8).
- PreLoader, Poster.
- Publish to the web.
- Publish to InDesign and Digital Publishing Suite or iBooks Author.
- Practical work rnExport your project.
Java OSGi, modular application development
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
During this internship, you will learn to master the OSGi standard, which allows you to design modular and scalable Java applications. You will discover the key elements of an OSGi architecture and learn how to resolve common issues related to versioning, dependency resolution, and deployment. This hands-on training will provide you with the skills needed to build flexible and scalable applications with OSGi.
Who is this training for ?
For whomDevelopers, project managers and architects.

Good knowledge of the Java language. Experience required in Java EE programming.
Training objectives
Implement OSGi as part of the development of a modular Java/Java EE application.
Install and use an implementation of the OSGi Framework
Create, deploy and run bundles in an OSGI container.
Implement and use services Standard, specific or remotely accessible OSGi
Dynamicly deploy a Java EE application in Spring Dynamic Modules.
355Training program
Overview of the OSGI specification
- The current limits of Java applications.
- The modularity of applications.
- The concept of container and bundle (component) OSGi.
- The layered model (Module, Lifecycle, Service).
Existing OSGi implementations
- Tools: Eclipse Equinox, Apache Felix.
- Presentation of projects based on OSGI: Eclipse, Jboss, ServiceMix.
- Practical work Installation of an OSGi Framework implementation.
- Using the administration console.
Bundle management
- Implementing bundles in a container.
- The MANIFEST file.
- MF and its syntax.
- Dependency management.
- Class loaders.
- Security.
- The concept of packages.
- The visibility of components.
356The bundle lifecycle
- The different states (installed, resolved, active, .
- ).
- Initialization and interaction with the OSGI container.
- Standardized APIs : BundleActivator, BundleContext.
- Practical work Creation and execution of a bundle with Eclipse.
- Execution on a standalone OSGi server.
OSGi services
- OSGi standard services.
- System services: Logging, IO, Connector.
- Protocol-related services: http Services.
- Miscellaneous services: Wire Admin, XML parser.
- Implementation of services.
- Service management: recording and provision.
- Standardized APIs: ServiceRegistration, ServiceReference, ServiceTracker, .
- Apache Felix, Equinox OSGi, Spring OSGi .
- Practical work Implementation and use of standard and specific OSGi services.
Guide to good practices
- Coding guidelines and syntactic rules.
- Recommendations related to the different layers: Module, LifeCycle, Service.
357Remote use
- Distributed OSGi versus Remote OSGi.
- Import/export of code.
- Timing constraint on calling remote methods.
- Integration into an ESB application bus.
- Practical work Implementation of Apache CXF Distributed OSGi or Remote OSGi.
Spring Dynamic Modules for OSGi Service Platforms
- OSGi in Spring.
- Contributions in terms of deployment.
- Extension of the Spring DM Framework: annotations.
- Practical work rnDynamic deployment of a web application in Spring DM.
RESTful Web Services, advanced development in Java
★★★★★
- MR-90
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to complete your REST knowledge and develop complete RESTful solutions in Java with JAX-RS. The course notably presents the WADL, JSON and OAuth specification.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
359360Training program
Reminders on REST and JAX-RS
- Reminders on the concepts of Representational State Transfer and RESTful architecture.
- Reminders on the JAX-RS API.
- Reminders on XML and JAXB.
- Practical work Installation of Jersey, development of a resource class.
- Development of a complete service.
Invoking a RESTful service in Java
- Use the basic Java API to retrieve a resource.
- Use the Jersey Client API to invoke a RESTful service.
- Jakarta Commons HTTP Client.
- Practical work Invocation of RESTful services using various methods in Java.
Description of a REST service with WADL or WSDL
- Overview of the Web Application Description Language (WADL) specification.
- Positioning relative to WSDL 2.
- 0, usable with REST services.
- Practical work Analysis of a WADL description of RESTful services.
- Using the wadl2java tool.
361JavaScript Object Notation
- Interest of JSON streams in RESTful architectures.
- Manipulation of JSON data in Java.
- Practical work Development of a RESTful service returning a stream JSON.
- Invoking the service and parsing the result in Java.
Securing a REST service
- Reminders of the action possibilities at the HTTP transport level.
- Presentation of the OAuth protocol allowing authentication on the Internet, used by Google, Flickr, Yahoo.
- Update implemented with JAX-RS.
- Practical work Securing REST services with OpenAM, OAuth and JAX-RS.
Architectural elements
- The different possibilities for using REST in an open architecture.
Responsive Web Design, creating adaptable web interfaces
★★★★★
- MR-91
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Website designers must now review their approach so that their interfaces adapt to the diversity of terminals. This training provides practical answers to ergonomic design issues and management of constraints linked to Responsive Design.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Design and develop web interfaces for all types of terminals Adopting a Mobile First Ergonomic Design Approach Discover graphical components, Frameworks and Responsive libraries Optimize page display performance on mobile and computers
363364Training program
Terminals
- Types of terminals (mobile, tablet, TV, e-reader.
- ) and their resolution.
- Devices, OS, browsers.
- The mobile market and market shares.
- HTML, HTML5, CSS3 standards (API, selectors.
- ).
- Practical work Type detection terminal in PHP JavaScript.
Design approach
- Marcotte concept, Mobile First.
- Content/container separation.
- Portrait/landscape approach, tactile, impact on ergonomics.
- Create a test plan.
- Difference between Web design and Mobile design.
365MediaQueries
- Adaptation of CSS to the characteristics of the terminal.
- Conditional rules (orientation, device-width.
- ).
- JavaScript and the old ones browsers.
- Additional adjustment of visual rendering (Viewport).
- Practical work Construction of CSS according to portrait/landscape modes, terminal resolution.
Flexible, fluid grid principle
- Classic design vs. grid design.
- Importance of blocks, content/container approach.
- Units of measurement (% em px), Retina mode.
- Avoid overflows.
- Breaking points.
- Principle of boxes, layout with CSS3.
- Practical work Build ergonomics based on a flexible grid.
366Graphics components
- Flexible images: background images, HTML5 adaptation, adaptation of graphic quality according to the terminal.
- Responsive content: text break, multicolumns.
- Hyphenation and cutting .
- Fluid fonts: font format, size.
- Flexible margins and spaces.
- Adaptable menus, adaptive carousel.
- Creation layout with flexbox (organization of elements according to a grid).
- Create suitable images and videos.
- Practical work Implementation of solutions.
Framework et librairies responsive
- Detect resources with "Modernizr".
- Substitution libraries (less, css3pie.
- ).
- CSS 960 frameworks grid, HTML5 BoilerPlate, Bootstrap, Foundation, Skeleton, 320.
- Practical work Using frameworks.
367Optimisation et performance
- Measure loading performance, bandwidth optimization.
- Client/Server distribution.
- Optimization of graphics resources.
- Management cache.
- Practical work Auditing of web pages, conceptual and technical corrections.
SAT Preparation
★★★★★
- MR-92
- Days (30 Hours)
Description
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Preliminary assessment of the level of knowledge in order to determine the candidate's aptitude for the test
Implementation of a personalized training project to give the candidate the means (educational materials, training tests, etc
) to reach the required level
Regular evaluations and assessment at the end of preparation
At the end of the preparation, a debriefing allows the candidate to take stock of the progress made
Significant increase in the score
EDM, optimize search and indexing of unstructured content
★★★★★
- MR-95
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This course will expose you to the methods used to organize and optimize the use of unstructured textual resources. You will learn how to categorize them, automatically tag them or make them visible to search engines using tools like Apache Solr or Mahout.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand the challenges of using unstructured textual resources
Identify the components and stages of the content processing cycle
Classify, categorize, automatically mark content
372Training program
The challenges of exploiting unstructured content
- Why the processing of textual resources is a strategic issue? The particularities of the processing of unstructured content.
- Exploiting textual resources: creating value from chaos.
- Presentation of the software platform used during the training.
- Practical work Search in an email given as an example and extract a particular paragraph.
- List all the words in the paragraph and display the names of the people cited.
Components and stages of the unstructured content processing cycle
- The basic grammatical categories.
- The morphological system: root, prefix, suffix.
- The identification of lexical units (tokenization).
- Detecting sentence boundaries.
- Practical work Extract the sentences from a newspaper article, list the words.
- Present each noun in singular form /plural.
Classify, categorize, automatically mark content
- Group search results with Carrot2.
- Group document collections with Apache Mahout.
- Categorize documents with Apache Lucene.
- Search for semantic content using Falcons.
- Practical work Use the automatic classification of a corpus of documents to propose the classification plan for an EDM application.
373Advanced content operations
- Access contents of different file formats.
- Extract contents of different file formats using Apache Tika.
- Analyze contexts to resolve ambiguities.
- Use graphs to model the syntactic and semantic information of unstructured content.
- Practical work From provided content, identify the units ambiguous.
- List the contexts in which the different ambiguous units appear.
- Propose a resolution strategy.
Prepare unstructured resources for search engines
- The different search techniques.
- The concepts associated with search: indexing, interface, classification of results, presentation of results.
- Example of search by facets : Amazon.
- com.
- Example of using the Apache Solr search server.
- Practical work Extract and index the content of a journal article using Apache Solr.
- Establish a test set to evaluate the performance of the indexing system.
374Introduction to Prism V6
- What is Prism? Main concepts.
- The problems that the framework solves and those that it does not solve.
- The Prism architecture .
- The different Prism modules.
- The objectives of each module.
- Quick Starts and Prism functionalities.
- L 'access to the Prism documentation.
- Demonstration Demonstrations of the different Quick Starts illustrating the functionalities of Prism.
Semantic Web, organize and publish your data
★★★★★
- MR-96
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
The main techniques for describing resources and publishing on the Semantic Web are approached from a practical angle. At the end of this training, the participant will be able to define a strategy adapted to their objectives and implement it by publishing their data on the Semantic Web.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understanding the architecture of the Semantic Web Publish, store and validate linked data Understanding the RDF Data Model and RDFS Schemas Search for semantic data Create an OWL ontology
376377Training program
Linked Data and the RDF model
- Presentation of linked data.
- Why publish your data in the form of Linked Data? What data should you put in Linked Data? Presentation and interpretation of the RDF model.
- Establish RDF links to other data sources.
- Benefits of using the RDF data model.
The resource description method
- Definition and use of URIs.
- Dereferenceable URIs.
- Content negotiation.
- Choose URIs.
- What to return as an RDF description for a URI.
What vocabularies to use?
- Find suitable vocabularies.
- Create your own vocabulary.
Publish, store and validate linked data
- Serve static RDF files, Linked Data views of databases and other types of information.
- RDF repositories.
- Validation services and Linked Data browsers: Tabulator, Marbles, OpenLink RDF Browser, Disco.
Search data with SPARQL
- Creating and publishing an RDF description.
- Finding information using SPARQL.
378RDFS schemas
- Why associate an RDFS schema with an RDF description? Elements of the RDFS language (classes, properties).
- Create an RDFS schema.
- Identification and declaration of classes and subclasses.
- Creating instances.
- Defining properties.
- Practical work Find schemas adapted to your objectives.
- Create a compliant RDFS schema and RDF description.
Ontologies
- What is an ontology? Why develop an ontology in a Semantic Web approach? Creation of an ontology.
- Define the domain and scope.
- Identify the vocabulary.
- Define the hierarchy, classes, attributes, cardinalities, types.
- Create the instances.
- Practical work Create an OWL ontology.
- Publish it on the Semantic Web.
379The techniques
- Semantic hypertext.
- Semantics embedded in HTML pages.
- Use of metadata.
- Microformats.
- eRDF, RDFa, GRDDL.
- Practical work Around a case study: define metadata, create microformats, create semantic descriptions in RDF form and the schema Associated RDFS.
★★★★★
- MR-97
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
381382Training program
Framework overview
- Overview of mobile application development techniques.
- Xamarin concept and available platforms.
- Xamarin integration.
- Forms in Visual Studio 2013.
- Installation and configuration of emulators.
- Anatomy of a Xamarin application and types of projects.
- Exercise: Developing a first mobile application.
XAML and C# language for mobile applications
- Introduction to XAML for mobile interfaces.
- Language extensions (Markup Extensions).
- Styles and resources.
- XAML interactions by compared to C# code.
- Platform specificities via XAML.
- Data binding.
- Exercise: Development of a GUI via declarative language XAML and via C# code.
383Types d'IHM
- Interface architecture overview (Pages).
- Types of container controls (Layout).
- Type of controls for view development .
- Types of elements (Cells).
- Graphic layouts and “Responsive Design”.
- Application lifecycle.
- Exercise: Implementing graphical components.
Navigating mobile apps
- Setting up a navigation infrastructure.
- ListView control.
- Applications for Parents/Children data.
- Carousel images and bitmaps.
- WebView and BoxView controls.
- Miscellaneous features (Gesture, .
- ).
- Exercise: Integration of navigation in a mobile application.
384Access to local and remote data
- Using SQLite.
- Net PCL.
- Read and write operations.
- SOAP web services and REST web services.
- JSON data parser.
- Introduction and implementation of the MVVM Pattern.
- Exercise: Creating connected mobile applications.
Specificity of targeted platforms
- Specific features of Android, iOS and WP8 platforms.
- DependencyService.
- Multimedia capture (sound, image and video).
- Geolocation management.
- Exercise: Implementation of the respective specificities.
Deployment
- Application localization.
- Security.
- Xamarin Test Cloud capabilities.
- Deployment of applications to stores.
- Exercise: Deployment testing.
Semantic Web, programming value-added applications
★★★★★
- MR-98
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
You will learn how to use semantic description models to create applications that exploit high-value data sources. You will also acquire a global view of the semantic chain: description and publication of semantic data, implementation within applications.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
386387Training program
Applications
- Mashups, Web Mining, search, Wikis, Web Services.
- Consumer, enterprise and scientific applications.
- Development tools and platforms: APIs (PHP ARC/RAP.
- ), frameworks (Jena.
- ).
- The different components of an application.
- Practical work Demonstration of the Semantic Web.
Providing semantic data to applications
- Linked data, RDF, RDFS, OWL, SPARQL, RDFa, GRDDL.
- XML, N3, Turtle serialization formats.
- Storing triple RDFs .
- Rule languages (SWRL).
- Practical work Creating a semantic data repository.
388Some basic operations
- Declare a model.
- Read and write RDF to XML.
- Control the definition of prefixes.
- Execute queries in a model.
- Access and create a SPARQL endpoint.
- Practical work Using an API (PHP or Java) to parse RDF descriptions and create a SPARQL endpoint.
The development framework
- Install and configure the development environment.
- Create and read an RDF template.
- Find owl:sameAs links.
- Manage persistent RDF models.
- Generate inferences (Pellet).
- Practical work Aggregate information from different endpoints.
389Exploit the knowledge base
- Define and populate the model with semantic data.
- Combine, serialize, query the data.
- Use reasoning and inference mechanisms .
- Exposing relational databases as RDF.
- Other data sources.
- Practical work Programming inferences and restrictions .
Align information
- Data sources.
- Domains and ontologies.
- Aligning ontologies with OWL and SWRL, XSLT, RDFS.
- Practical work rnUse of different alignment methods OWL and SWRL, XSLT, RDFS.
Develop and use semantic services
- Implement semantic services: background, discovery, negotiation, monitoring, composition, etc.
- Expose XML Web Services as RDF.
- SMWS: Semantic Markup for Web Services.
- WSMO: Web Service Modeling Ontology.
- Semantic annotations for WSDL.
- SAWSDL: examples and tools.
- Practical work Development in the form of a semantic service of a mini-application.
.NET framework, design the architecture of your applications
★★★★★
- MR-99
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
Architecture has a significant impact on the reusability of an application and its ability to evolve. This course will allow you to appropriate the conceptual and software tools of the .NET framework environment to effectively design an application architecture that is both robust and flexible.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand multi-layer architectures
Implement the MVVM pattern
Implement modular development with Prism
Understand the deployment and maintenance of modular applications
392Training program
Introduction
- Presentation of the application architecture, desktop/web/mobile, universal and cross-platform applications.
- Prism: modular and extensible development.
- The MVVM pattern (Model-View-ViewModel).
- The MVC pattern (Model-View-Controller).
- Dependency injection and extensibility with MEF (Managed Extensibility Framework) and Autofac.
- Practical work Integration of tools in Visual Studio.
- Exploration of libraries and their installation.
Developments in the C# language, the user interface with WPF
- Reminders of developments in the language, Lambda expressions, extension methods.
- Developments around asynchrony (async and await).
- LINQ , XAML and WPF.
- Resource management.
- Commands.
- User controls.
- Linking to user data observable collections.
- notifications in multi-tier architectures, WCF DualHttpBinding Vs WebApi and WebSockets.
- Practical work Realization of the base layers of the application and the user interface.
393Le pattern MVVM
- Characteristics and responsibilities.
- Class interactions and relationships with other patterns.
- Test MVVM applications.
- Practical work Production of the description of the application class model, addition of a test project to the application solution.
Prism and the development of modular applications
- Prism libraries.
- Prism extensions.
- Using MEF for dependency injection.
- The navigation between components.
- Communication between components.
- Practical work Exploration of Prism QuickStarts and remodeling of the common thread application.
394The composition of the user interface
- Concepts.
- Design scenarios.
- Design rules.
- Sharing elements between desktop and mobile.
- Multi-target applications.
- Loading discovery.
- Loading dependencies.
- Loading options.
- Practical work Implementation of the new modeling of the red thread application.
Conclusion
- Deployment of modular applications.
- Maintenance of modular applications.
Test Driven Development en .NET
★★★★★
- MR-101
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This hands-on course will provide you with all the knowledge you need to develop your .NET applications around the best unit testing and recipe tools and practices. You will learn how to integrate testing into your development cycle, refactoring, emergent design, Agile practices.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
396397Training program
Introduction, definition and principles of TDD
- Origin of TDD.
- Agility and testing.
- The limitations of the debugger.
- The need to test: the types of tests.
- The NUnit library.
- The 3A.
- Exception handling.
- Refactoring.
- Emergent design.
- Test Driven Design.
- Scenario management.
- Practical work Design and integration of tests in the development cycle of a project.
Agile development practices
- Boundary conditions management.
- Test framework.
- TDD and RDBMS data management.
- TDD and management graphical interfaces.
- Practical work Implementation of different practices.
398Advanced techniques with TDD
- Correct anomalies.
- Manage the increase in load and security of NICTs.
- Management of software security.
- Management of performance.
- Stress tests.
- Practical work Anomaly management.
- Performance tests.
Mock and Stub objects
- Application of theory without using a library.
- Discovery of market libraries.
- Practical work Use of Mock objects.
Test Writing Techniques
- Qualities of a test code.
- Responsibility and implementation based testing.
- TDD styles.
- Works practices Improving the quality of written tests.
399Test coverage
- The MSTest library.
- Coverage types.
- Testing in the presence of inheritance.
- Regression testing.
- Legacy Code Testing.
- Legacy Code Evolution Cycle.
- Functional Testing with Fit and FitNesse.
- Writing Functional Tests with FitNesse .
- Practical work Definition of a test coverage policy.
- Application.
The tools
- Open Source and commercial tools.
- Continuous integration (SVN, CVS, Sourcesafe).
- Practical work Implementation of several tools .
The qualities of TDD
- Description of use cases.
- New industrial challenges.
Team Foundation Server 2015, optimize your .NET developments
★★★★★
- MR-102
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This course will provide you with the knowledge to industrialize your .NET application developments with TFS 2015. You will learn to define the application architecture, efficiently manage the source code, manage the tests, set up an implementation approach. continuous integration and operating in project mode.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Get an overview of the different components of TFS 2015 Be able to manage a project using TFS 2015 tools Create a software factory and manage the different versions of an application Discover testing tools and improve the overall quality of the application
401402Training program
Creation and configuration of a Team Project
- Introduction to Visual Studio 2015.
- The industrialization of applications.
- The architecture.
- The TFS 2015 solution.
- The project collection.
- Add a new collection.
- The Team Project and processes.
- Create and configure a project.
- Defining teams, Areas and configuring security.
- Practical work Getting started with Visual Studio 2015.
- Collection and Team Project: creation and configuration.
403Defining tasks with Work Items
- The main concepts.
- Typed links.
- Historization.
- Hierarchization.
- Management and personalization of Work Items.
- Good practices for creating Work Items.
- Reporting.
- Practical work Creation of Work Items and of custom queries.
Source code management
- Control, archiving and extraction.
- Manage the developments of a project (labels, branches.
- ).
- File comparison and conflict resolution.
- Practical work Implementation of source control.
- Application of conflict management.
404Technical testing and optimization
- Unit tests, web tests, scalability tests.
- Automation of input with a database.
- Problem detection and resolution.
- Practical work Setting up different types of tests.
Functional testing campaign
- Plan test campaigns with the Test and Lab Manager tool.
- Functional test scenarios and use of exploratory tests.
- Execute tests, communicate with the team, manage anomalies, follow developments, report.
- Practical work Getting started with the Test and Lab Manager.
- Defining a test campaign and execution.
Team Foundation Server 2013, optimize your .NET developments
★★★★★
- MR-103
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This course will provide you with the knowledge to industrialize your .NET application developments with TFS 2013. You will learn to define the application architecture, efficiently manage the source code, manage the tests, set up an implementation approach. continuous integration and operating in project mode.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Break down and evaluate the components of the TFS 2013 solution
Understanding the industrialization of
NET applications
Define an architecture for
NET applications
Implement a continuous integration method for optimized software development
407Training program
Continuous integration and project monitoring
- Team Foundation Build.
- Build workflow.
- Automated generation of a validation framework.
- Putting into production with Release Management .
- Setting up a dashboard.
- Reporting.
- Practical work Deployment of the solution and reporting on the evolution of the project.
Creation and configuration of a Team Project
- Introduction to Visual Studio 2013.
- The industrialization of applications.
- The architecture.
- The TFS 2013 solution.
- Project collection.
- Add a new collection.
- Team Project and processes.
- Create and configure a project.
- Definition of teams, areas and security configuration.
- Practical work Collection and Team Project: creation and configuration.
408Conception d'architecture
- Visual Studio 2013 architecture tools.
- Use UML diagrams.
- Define the layered architecture of an application.
- Using Code Map.
- Practical work UML diagram and Code Map: creation and use.
Defining tasks with Work Items
- The main concepts.
- Typed links.
- History.
- Prioritization.
- Management and personalization of Work Items.
- Practical work Creation of Work Items and personalized queries.
Setting up the schedule with MS-Project
- Linking Work Items to MS Project data.
- Setting up and monitoring planning and resources.
409Source code management
- Control, archiving and extraction.
- Manage the developments of a project (labels, branches).
- File comparison and conflict resolution.
- Practical work Implementation of source control.
- Conflict management.
Technical tests and optimization
- Unit tests, web tests, scalability tests.
- Automation of input with a database.
- Problem detection and resolution.
- Practical work Setting up different types of tests.
Functional testing campaign
- Plan test campaigns with the Test and Lab Manager tool.
- Functional test scenarios and use of exploratory tests.
- Execute tests, communicate with the team, manage anomalies, monitor developments, report.
- Practical work Definition of a test campaign and execution.
410Continuous integration and project monitoring
- Team Foundation Build.
- Build workflow.
- Automated generation of a validation framework.
- Project monitoring.
- Using the team site.
- Putting into production with Release Management.
- Setting up a dashboard.
- Reporting.
Team Foundation Server 2013 for agile project management
★★★★★
- MR-104
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Agile project management methods are increasingly adopted by companies. This training will teach you how to optimize the work of your developers, collaborate more effectively and improve the quality of your software with the MS Visual Studio Team Foundation 2013 solution.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
412413Training program
Introduction to the Agile SCRUM method
- Why SCRUM? Comparison with traditional project management methods.
- Advantages and disadvantages of traditional project management methods.
- The pillars of SCRUM.
- Classic breakdown of a project.
The Visual Studio 2013 product line
- Presentation of Team Foundation Server 2013.
- Presentation of the different client tools.
- Technical architecture of the platform.
- Definition of a project with TFS.
- Practical work Creation of a team project in TFS 2013.
- Creation of a "team" in the project and overview of different tools.
Project management tools with TFS 2013
- Work items (bugs, tasks, backlog items).
- Backlog management with the web interface.
- Planning releases and iterations .
- Monitoring work with the dashboard in post-it form.
- Practical work Backlog maintenance and creation of work items.
- Planning a release.
- Using post-its.
414Tools for developers
- Developer workflow overview.
- Intro to using Team Explorer.
- Request a code review.
- Implementation of continuous integration.
- Practical work Starting a task and modifying code.
- Creating a review request and simulation exchanges between developers.
- Setting up a continuous integration build definition.
Testing an Agile project
- Setting up unit tests with Visual Studio.
- Using the Fakes framework.
- Functional tests and exploratory tests.
- Facilitate exchanges between the tester and the developer.
- Management of user feedback.
- Practical work Creation of a unit test.
- Creation of 'a simple test plan and execution of an exploratory test.
- Creation of a rich defect and correction by the developer.
415Monitoring and reporting
- Creation of custom queries and filters.
- Presentation of the reporting architecture within TFS 2013.
- Basic reports available.
- Creation of a personalized report with Microsoft Excel.
- Practical work Creation of a report from Microsoft Excel in the form of a pivot table.
Typo 3, create and administer a website
★★★★★
- MR-107
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
During this internship, you will learn how to install and configure Typo3, create, administer and develop a Typo3 website, provide it with editorial content, as well as create additional features using its development framework.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
417418Training program
Typo3 Fundamental Concepts
- Presentation of Typo3.
- History and positioning of Typo3 compared to other CMS.
- Areas of application.
- Number of users.
- Industrial references.
- Where to find resources on Typo3?
Getting started with Typo3
- The architecture of Typo3.
- Installation and configuration of Typo3.
- The different Typo3 files.
- The different directories of Typo3.
- Practical work Installation of Typo3.
- Configuration.
- Getting started with the tool and discovering its directories and files.
419Publish content with Typo3
- Manage page content.
- Create content elements in Typo3.
- Using the Rich Text Editor (RTE).
- Working with images, with files, with pages.
- Adding pages to the website.
- Practical work Creating pages and content.
Manage Typo3
- User management.
- Management of user rights.
- Create simple workflows.
- Procedures and actions.
- Practical work User management.
- Defining authorizations.
- Configuring actions.
420Managing templates with Typo3
- Typo3 templates.
- The TypoScript language.
- The different methods of managing templates.
- Practical work Creation templates.
- Getting started with the TypoScrip language
Typo3 modules and extensions
- The web module.
- The Typo3 cache system.
- Install and use additional extensions.
- Practical work r nInstalling and using extensions.
Create your own Typo3 extension
- Using Extension Builder.
- The Typo3 development framework.
- Tools for the developer.
- Using the TER (Typo3 Extension Repository).
- Practical work Presentation of development tools.
- Creation of a custom extension.
Prestashop, create an e-commerce site
★★★★★
- MR-108
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
At the end of this training, you will be able to implement and manage a complete and operational merchant site with Prestashop. You will be able to create a product catalog, a customer list, manage orders, the online store or even administer payment solutions.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Implement an operational merchant site
Create a catalog of products and customers
Manage orders and administer payment solutions
Define transport and delivery costs
Administer and monitor the activity of a merchant site
423Training program
Presentation of Prestashop
- Objective of an e-commerce site.
- Main functionalities.
- Local/remote installation.
- Prestashop user side (Front Office): elements of the home page, navigation system, modules.
- Prestashop on the administrator side (Back Office): the administration panel, the tabs.
- Practical work Demonstration of a site created with Prestashop.
- Installation and getting started with Prestashop (user and administrator side).
Create a product and customer catalog
- Create category and subcategory hierarchy.
- Assign products to a category.
- Create customers and customer groups.
- Practical work Create the store home page.
- Create categories and product sheets.
424Manage orders and administer payment solutions
- Create a new order.
- View a customer's orders.
- Check the status of an order (delivered, pending, canceled, paid.
- ).
- Payment modules (check, PayPal.
- ).
- Define payment module restrictions.
- Practical work Install the processing chain, from product proposal to final order.
- Add payment modules.
Define transport and delivery costs
- Define the rules for calculating transport and delivery costs.
- Define price and weight brackets.
- Practical work Design the rules transport billing.
Set up the store modules
- Identify the modules of the default theme.
- Modules Identify yourself, Your account/Shopping cart.
- Practical work Setting up a module .
425Create a custom theme
- Define the design and styles of the custom theme.
- Control the position of the blocks.
- Plug a module.
- Find themes and modules.
- Practical work Create your own theme.
Track site activity
- Show statistics.
- Set preferences.
- Offer special offers.
- Show featured products on the home page .
- Offer free shipping.
- Create cross-sells.
Administer the store
- Register your brand and domain name.
- Configure.
- htaccess for Prestashop.
- Optimize SEO.
- Practical work Publish the store on the remote site.
- Optimize the site's SEO.
Create and run a professional blog
★★★★★
- MR-109
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
In two days, master all the keys to creating and running your professional blog. Decode the uses of the blogosphere to better define your blog strategy. Integrate all the components of creating and running a corporate or brand blog: legal aspects, editorial line, etc.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand the environment of professional blogs and business blogs Define an editorial strategy for your blog Manage the content and structure of your blog Write posts and put them online Promote your professional blog and optimize your SEO
427428Training program
Understanding Blogs
- Panorama of the blog universe: professional blogs, business blogs.
- The specificities of blog support and the extent of its possibilities.
- The components and tools associated with blogging: publication methods and solutions.
- Codes and uses of the blogosphere: values and lessons to remember.
- The notion of community on the internet: the community management.
- Exercise: Analysis of different professional blogs.
Create a professional blog
- Define the editorial strategy of your blog.
- Know-how and best practices: positioning, editorial line and management, content structure.
- Organize your content to the launch.
- The participatory and collective logic: multi-author blogs, external contributions.
- The legal framework of the blog: internal rules, self-regulation, legal constraints.
- Practical work Design of a blog.
- Definition of the editorial line and categories.
- Opening an account and formatting the blog.
429Running a business blog
- Generate traffic: what actions should you take to increase it? How to measure it? Optimize natural referencing: know how search engines work and optimize your posts.
- Organize monitoring: know what is being said on your blog, competitive monitoring.
- Crisis management advice and practices.
- Practical work Identification and integration of tags and keywords in a note.
Write an effective post
- Principles of writing posts.
- Screen readability constraints, blog format.
- How to make your readers want to comment on your posts? Practical work Writing and posting tickets online.
PHP Zend Certified Engineer, preparation for certification
★★★★★
- MR-111
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This course will provide you with all the information you need to pass the PHP certification exam. This is a PHP review-based preparation test and not a PHP course. The main concepts of the language will be illustrated by the implementation of examples for better assimilation.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Get information about taking the Zend Certified Engineer exam Revise in depth the 12 subjects of the certification Acquire cognitive reflexes in relation to the certification procedure Implement the concepts covered through practical examples
431432Training program
Introduction
- PHP Certification: Why Certification? Exam Basics.
- Questions and Strategies.
- Certification Topics.
PHP Basics
- Embedded PHP.
- Variables & Constants, scope.
- System variables.
- Data types and casting.
- Character strings.
- Operators: arithmetic, boolean, binary.
- Flow controls: conditions & loops.
- Iterators.
- Functions: declaration, parameters & references.
433Tableaux
- Creating, filling, splitting.
- Adding and removing elements.
- Looping.
- Checking values.
- Comparisons.
- Sort, custom sort.
- Merge
PHP and OOP
- Classes, properties, methods, instance.
- Constants.
- Static properties and methods.
- Inheritance.
- Propagation.
- Interfaces and abstract classes.
- SPL.
- Autoloading.
- Reflection.
434Advanced manipulations
- Extracting strings.
- Compare and count strings.
- Phonetic functions.
- Strings and arrays.
- Formatted output.
- Regular expressions.
- PHP differences 4/5.
Design and theory
- Design patterns: active record, factory, iterator, MVC, Proxy, Singleton.
- Files, streams, networks: resources and output files.
- Reading /writing, file operations, wrappers, feeds.
- Web features: HTTP POST & GET, access data, file uploads, cookies.
- XML and Web Services: XML , SOAP, WSDL; create and use a Web Service, debugging.
435Data base
- DBMS theory.
- Typing, dimension and field constraints.
- Indexes and foreign keys.
- SQL: DDL,DML and DQL.
- Sorting: order and direction.
- Grouping.
- Joins (left and right).
Security
- Defense in depth and best practices.
- XSS: understanding Cross Site Scripting.
- CSRF: principles and counting of attacks.
- Remote file injections (RFI).
- Remote execution.
- Sessions: session theft and corruption.
- Security configuration.
- Uploads: errors, sizes and mime checks.
Zend Framework 2 and 3, mastering web development
★★★★★
- MR-112
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
This course will provide you with best practices for web development with the Zend Framework version 2. After installing it, you will discover its architecture and concepts. You will design modules, forms, tackle dependency injection and use the main components of the framework.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install and configure a Zend Framework 2 and 3 application Master Design Patterns objects, particularly MVC Use the main components of Zend Framework Automate tests in Zend Framework Develop business components with Zend\Db and Doctrine
437438Training program
Introduction
- Definition of a framework and its benefits.
- General presentation of the Zend Framework.
- Successive evolutions since Zend 1.
- Installation of Zend Framework with Composer.
- MVC architecture.
- Application skeleton.
- Practical work Creation of a project.
Object Oriented Programming
- Reminders: classes, objects, visibility, encapsulation, accessors, constructor, magic methods.
- Object design: references, associations, inheritance, abstract classes, interfaces.
- Design patterns: Factory, Model View Controller, Data Mapper, Table Gateway, Front Controller, Two Step View.
- PSR standards (0/1/2) and class autoloading.
- Practical work Design of an Object model.
Using the framework
- Code type for Model, Controller, View? Using Layout, ViewModel, available and custom view helpers.
- Error handling, plugins Controllers.
- Practical work Development of an address book under Zend Framework.
439Access to databases
- Databases simplified with Zend\Db.
- The Doctrine ORM and the Doctrine Module.
- Practical work Data manipulation via the ORM Doctrine.
The forms
- Zend\Form: forms management.
- Filtering and validation: Zend\Filter, Zend\Validate, Zend\InputFilter.
- Object conversions /paintings with Hydrators.
Best practices with Zend Framework
- Dependency injection: Zend\Di and Zend\ServiceManager.
- Writing unit tests with PHPUnit.
- Mock injection via the ServiceManager.
- Creating modules, using popular Zend Framework modules: ZfcUser, ZendDeveloperTools, BjyProfiler.
- Debugging and profiling with XDebug.
Other components
- Authentication and rights management.
- Mails, Logs, Session, Config.
- Internationalization with Zend\ I18n.
- Zend EventManager.
440What's new and changes in Zend Framework 3
- PSR-7, zend-diactoros and zend-expressive.
- The new ServiceManager.
- The new EventManager.
- Migrate an application Zend Framework 2 to Zend Framework 3.
Zend Framework, mastering web development
★★★★★
- MR-113
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This course will provide you with best practices for web development with the Zend Framework. After a reminder of the technical and theoretical prerequisites for using the framework, you will discover its concepts and learn how to install it, configure it and design web applications.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install and configure the Zend Framework Understand the components of the Zend Framework to design MVC web applications Manipulate data within a database Design forms and control data validation Create and use REST and SOAP web services
442443Training program
Price en main du Zend Framework
- Definition of a framework and its benefits.
- General presentation of the Zend Framework.
- Download, installation and basic configuration.
- Installation via SVN method.
- Getting started with Zend Framework.
Reminders about object-oriented programming
- OOP concepts.
- Classes and objects.
- Implementation in PHP: visibility, constructor, destructor, inheritance.
- Modeling: relationships between classes, UML diagrams.
- Advanced PHP object concepts.
Reminders about object-oriented programming
- OOP concepts.
- Classes and objects.
- Implementation in PHP: visibility, constructor, destructor, inheritance.
- Modeling: relationships between classes, UML diagrams.
- Advanced PHP object concepts.
444MVC architecture and basic components
- MVC organization of the Zend Framework.
- Management of the MVC execution flow.
- Using Zend Controller.
- Mastering the components of base (Zend_Loader, Zend_Config, Zend_Log, Zend_Debug, etc.
- ).
- Configuration in the bootstrap file.
Database and gateways
- Using Zend_Db and its derived classes.
- Using Zend_Db_Table CRUD.
- Managing relationships between tables in the model.
- Use, creation of filter and validator.
- Use of the Zend_Form object in the MVC context.
Advanced use of components
- Managing sessions with Zend_Session, authentication with Zend_Auth and authorizations with Zend_Acl.
- Internationalization and localization.
- Added a feature to an existing component.
- Integration of an external component.
445Interoperability and web services
- Inter-application communication.
- Use of Google, Amazon, Yahoo services.
- Reading any RSS feed.
- Use and creating a REST and SOAP web service.
Tests sous Zend Framework
- Installing PHPUnit via Pear.
- Unit testing with Zend Framework and PHPUnit.
Good practices
- Debugging a Zend Framework application.
- Choosing the right tools.
- Eclipse PDT tips.
- Profiling.
- Testability.
- Version upgrade management.
C++ programming, improvement
★★★★★
- MR-114
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
Constantly evolving, the C++ language offers mechanisms such as genericity or metaprogramming which allow a robust and very rich design. The recent C++11 and C++14 standards integrate a significant part of the BOOST project libraries and significantly improve the Standard Template Library (STL). This training will allow you to deepen design in C++ by learning the latest developments in the language and the effective use of the STL.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Discover the new features brought by the C++11 version
Master the management of memory, pointers and references
Implement genericity in C++Discover the STL standard library
Use the BOOST and C++11 library
448Training program
Function libraries
- Language standard libraries: ctype.
- h, math.
- h, stdlib.
- h, time.
- h.
- and others.
- Advanced mathematical libraries: Linpack, Lapack.
- Dynamic allocation management: calloc() functions , realloc().
- Existing functions with variable number of arguments created by the programmer.
- Practical work Use of several function libraries.
449Reminders
- Memory allocation classes.
- Construction, initialization, embedding of objects.
- Memory leaks.
- Constance, the word -mutable key, Lazy Computation.
- C++ friendship and access control.
- Virtual destruction.
- Exception handling strategy.
- Namespaces.
The new language features of C++11
- nullptr and other literals.
- The =delete, =default directives.
- Constructor delegation.
- The “type safe” enumerations .
- The keyword auto and loops over an interval.
- Reference rvalues and impacts the normal form of C++ classes.
- Lambda-expressions.
- Practical work Rewriting existing C++ code in C++11, comparison of the two implementations.
450Operator management
- Binary and unary operators.
- The indirection operator, use cases.
- The referencing operator.
- The prefixed and post-fixed increment/decrement operators.
- Other operators: comparison, assignment.
- The overloading of the [] operator, insertion operators ().
- Functors and operator overloading (), advantage over functions.
- Practical work r nCreation of functors and proxies (memory release, reference counting) with the operators studied.
Conversion and RTTI
- Conversion operators.
- Implicit constructions, the explicit keyword.
- Casting operators const_cast, static_cast, reinterpret_cast.
- Dynamic conversion and Runtime Type Information.
- The typeid operator, related exceptions.
- The type_info class.
- Control of downcasting 'help for the dynamic_cast operator.
- Practical work Implementation of the idioms " is-a " and " is-kind-of " with dynamic_cast.
451Genericity
- Introduction to class patterns.
- Genericity and preprocessor.
- Generic function.
- Generic class.
- Generic composition.
- Generic generalization.
- Partial and total specialization.
- Introduction to meta-programming.
- Genericity, principle federator of the STL and BOOST libraries.
- Practical work Start of the case study which will be completed with the STL and BOOST.
- Implementation of the composition and generic generalization.
- Creating generic plug-ins.
452La STL (Standard Template Library)
- STL components: complementary types, containers, algorithms, iterators, function objects, adapters.
- STL character strings, the basic_string template class and its specializations.
- Sequential and associative containers: definition, role and selection criteria.
- Allocators and container memory management.
- Methods of insertion, deletion, iteration and access to the main containers: Vector, List, Set, Stack.
- The concept of iterator.
- Traversing a container.
- The different groups of STL algorithms: non-mutant, mutant, sorting and merging, numerical.
- Manipulation of containers (manipulation, search for values.
- ) .
- Configure generic algorithms using "function" objects.
- "Adapters" and modifying the behavior of a component.
- STL and processing on flows (files, memory.
- ).
- Principle of RAII: automatic pointers and the auto_ptr class.
- The standard STL exceptions.
- Practical work Implementation of relationships with STL collections.
- Use of any standard algorithms.
453The new C++11 features of the standard library
- Historical evolution: Boost --> TR1 --> C++11.
- The new containers: array, forward_list, unordered_set, unordered_map.
- The class tuple.
- Smart pointers: shared_ptr, weak_ptr, unique_ptr.
- The new functors and binders.
- Introduction to thread management.
- Regular expressions.
- Practical work Implementing robustness with smart pointers.
- Using regular expressions.
BOOST
- The Pointer Container Library (destruction of pointer data from a container).
- The boost::any and boost::variant data structures.
- Programming (connections and signals).
- Process management, interprocess communication mechanisms and shared memory.
- Practical work Improvement of the implementation of the case study by use the Pointer Container Library.
454Advanced use of inheritance
- Inheritance versus embedding.
- Private inheritance.
- Protected inheritance.
- Exporting hidden members with the Using Clause.
- Multiple inheritance and member collision handling.
- Diamond inheritance.
- Virtual inheritance and dynamic_cast.
- Design principles: Liskov substitution, principle of opening/closing, inversion of dependencies.
- Rules for implementing interfaces in C++.
- Practical work Combination of multiple, private and export to design robust and highly scalable classes.
Visual Basic, improvement
★★★★★
- MR-115
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
This advanced training course focuses on database access (ADO), the creation of COM components and the creation of dynamic Web applications.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
456457Training program
Access to databases
- Access providers: ODBC and OLE-DB.
- Data access objects: ADO.
- Data Environment, Data Control.
- Data Grid.
- ADO objects Object model.
- Connecting to a data source.
- Commands.
- Data recovery: the Recordset.
- Update, search, sort.
- Data integrity: transactions, locks.
- Execution of stored procedures.
- Practical work Using data access tools.
- Creating an input form.
- Retrieving data via a stored procedure.
- Managing a write transaction.
458Creating Com components
- Reusability, simplification, optimization.
- Standard interfaces, choice of component type.
- Creation of a client application.
- Object variables, instantiation and manipulation of objects.
- Class modules.
- Definitions of properties, methods, events.
- Triggering errors.
- COM and ADO: data-related components.
- Collections.
- Creating interfaces.
- Compiling and saving data components.
- Practical work Creation and testing of components: a COM Dll for banking services, one for connecting to a database with ADO.
459Example: Active X controls
- Creation.
- Properties, methods, events.
- Creating a data-dependent control.
- Creating a supplier control
- Practical work Creation of an Active X control for entering dates.
- Creation of an Active X data provider control with ADO.
Client-server and multi-tier: Com
- Approach.
- Encapsulation of ADO objects.
- COM+ and MTS.
- Multi-object transaction: the "double commit" .
- Resource optimization.
- COM+ and security.
- Practical work Management of a "double commit" transaction.
460Visual Basic and Internet Development
- Server-side and client-side development.
- The WebBrowser control.
- Active X Documents.
- Visual Basic and Vbscript.
- DHTML.
- COM and ASP, COM and ADO.
- Practical work Creation of a browser on a Visual Basic form.
- Creating a Document Active X project running in IE.
Getting ready for Visual Basic .NET
- The platform.
- NET, architecture.
- The VB.
- NET.
- Visual Studio.
- NET, TEEN.
- NET.
Windev, desktop application development
★★★★★
- MR-116
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This training will give you mastery of the Windev environment. You will see in detail its different editors and how to use it effectively to program your applications, connect them to databases, design their HMIs to the Windows standard, test them, package them and deploy them.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
462463Training program
Presentation of the Windev environment
- The Windows environment.
- The window editor.
- The source editor: find, replace, cut, copy, paste, print.
- Customizing the editor.
- The file description tool.
- The report editor.
- Compilation , the library.
- The executable: program, library, DLL.
- The utilities: WDMAP, WDBACKUP, WDRESTOR, WDOUTIL.
- , the RAD.
The database
- The HyperFileSQL format.
- The file description tool.
- Analysis generation, automatic modifications, links between files.
464L'interface homme/machine
- Projects, menus, windows.
- Ergonomics, system menu, title bar, style editor (style sheet), groups of controls .
- Study of the different types of objects.
- Tables.
- The automatic integration of the sections of a file into a screen, the creation of 'a VISION+ window.
The states
- The description of the editor.
- The different creation modes: state linked to a file, labels, free state, sorting, filters, breaks.
- The different types of blocks (start of document, top of page, body, footer, etc.
- ).
- The different types of objects (field, label.
- ).
The files
- Data files and their structure.
- The dictionary of items.
- Window sources: drawing of the window, detail of the objects, source associated with the object.
465Programming
- The project, the procedures, the functions.
- The W-Language: operation of the source editor, operators and functions.
- Memory tables and tables file.
- Timer and multitasking.
- Management of serial links.
- The grapher.
- OLE Automation to Excel.
- The DDE to Excel dialog.
- Single-station, multi-instance or network aspect.
- Trigger management.
L'installation
- Creating an executable program.
- Putting the objects in the library.
- Installation on another computer.
- The DLLs.
- Maintenance of the application carried out.
- The installation tool.
Oracle SQL, improvement
★★★★★
- MR-119
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This very practical training aims to develop advanced aspects of the SQL language such as set operators, management of LOBs, Bfiles and XML, aggregation and statistics functions.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
467468Training program
Additional functions
- Transformation functions.
- Analytical functions: Rank, Dense_Rank.
- Hierarchical function.
- Other functions: Rowid, etc.
- Practical work Formatting disparate data (dates, numerics), list of a hierarchy at several levels.
The assembly operators
- Union and Union ALL.
- Difference Minus.
- Exists, Some, Any, All.
- Practical work Research of differences between several tables.
Management of LOBs and Bfiles
- Possible uses.
- Definition of tables.
- Insertion and updates of LOBs.
- Management of a Bfile.
- Practical work Adding a photo to a table, adding a CV to a table.
469Aggregation, joins and sub-select
- Aggregation and statistical functions: Group By Rollup.
- Group by Cube.
- Group by Sets.
- Recalling joins "classics".
- Self-join.
- FULL, RIGHT, LEFT.
- Sub-select correlated/uncorrelated with Insert, Update , Delete.
- Practical work Statistics and groupings based on several criteria.
- Creating a table from other tables.
Integrity management
- Reminder of definitions: uniqueness, referential, consistency.
- Implementation: Primary Key, Foreign Key, Increment, Check.
- Principles of use.
- Good practices and limits.
- Practical work Creation of referential integrity tables.
- Addition/removal of integrity constraints and checks by Check.
470XML management
- Storing XML.
- Using advanced XML functions.
- Practical work Managing an XML document.
Data partitioning
- The different types of possible partitioning.
- Implementation of data partitioning.
- Practical work Creation of partitioned tables, reloading of data.
Managing remote tables
- Reminder of the principles: schemas, ODBC, DRDA.
- Access to a remote table.
- Joins with remote tables.
- Work practices Reading tables from other comics.
Managing remote tables
- Reminder of the principles: schemas, ODBC, DRDA.
- Access to a remote table.
- Joins with remote tables.
- Work practices Reading tables from other comics.
Web services, summary
★★★★★
- MR-120
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Web Services are a tool for inter-application integration and opening to the intranet, extranet or Internet, and constitute the means for developing distributed and interoperable applications. This seminar presents an in-depth study of Web Services and associated protocols: SOAP, WSDL, UDDI directory, REST, security and authentication protocol, WS-X extensions. It also shows you the main tools for creating and operating in a Java and .NET environment.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand the architecture of SOAP and REST web services
Organize web service-based applications
Discover how web services work in a Java EE environment
Discover how web services work in a
Net environment
473Training program
How Web Services work
- Application distribution technologies: from the client/server approach to distributed objects.
- Limits in the distributed object approach.
- Principle of Services Web.
- Web Services Architecture.
- XML exchange protocol, SOAP contract discovery.
- Web Service Description WSDL (Web Service Description Language) .
- Web Services invocation methods: call from the client, setting up a Client Web Service proxy.
- Web Services-based application architecture: management and access to data, interaction between Web Services
SEO of Web Services
- UDDI Directory: principle, operation, information model.
- Use for referencing Web Services.
- Referencing on an Intranet and Internet.
- Use of directories by applications: dynamic discovery of services, management of the service catalog.
- Other types of directories for Web Services: use of LDAP type directories, advantages and disadvantages.
Managing Web Services Security with WS-Security
- Client authentication: validation of identity, transmission of identity between Web Services.
- Management of the confidentiality and integrity of information circulating between the client and the server .
- Authorization mechanisms and definition of client rights, WS-Policy.
- Use of SOAP headers for transporting security and authentication information.
474Les extensions WS-X
- Transaction management with WS-Coordination.
- Orchestration language: WS-BPEL.
- Monitoring the routing of SOAP messages with WS-Addressing and WS-ReliableMessaging.
- Context management with WS-Correlation.
- Other interesting extensions: WS-MetadataExchange, WS-CDL.
REpresentational State Transfer (REST)
- Reminder about HTTP requests.
- The basic principles of REST.
- The architectural elements of REST.
- The formats of data exchange: XML, JSON.
- REST Services vs SOAP Services.
475Architecture and development of applications based on Web Services
- Organization of applications based on Web Services.
- Integration of the existing: connectivity of Web Services with other technologies.
- Integration of Web Services for access via Web Services.
- Organization of application development using Web Services.
- Test and validation cycle.
- Multichannel applications: access from the Web , rich and thin clients.
- How applications work.
- Link with service-oriented architectures (SOA).
Web Services in the Java/JEE offer
- Web Services in Java according to Javasoft: Core Web Services (JAX-WS, JAXB), Enhanced Web Services (WSIT).
- Secure Web Services (XWS-Security), Legacy Web Services (JAX-RPC).
- Apache Web Services projects.
- Integration of Web Services in development tools: Eclipse, Netbeans.
- Web Services platform 'execution of Web Services: Glassfish & Metro, Bea WebLogic, IBM WebSphere, Apache Axis.
- Example of development with Web Services in Java.
- Evolution of the offer: the actors, perspectives and commitment of actors in the market.
476Web Services in .NET
- Web Services Technologies in .
- NET.
- Integration of SOAP/XML in the framework .
- NET.
- Remoting Object Technologies: .
- NET Remoting.
- Visual Studio Development Platform.
- NET.
- Implementation of Web Services.
- Debugging tools.
- Integration of clients and Web clients with Web Services (ASP applications.
- NET and Windows Forms).
- Integration into the Microsoft system offering: Server.
- NET, Biztalk, Commerce Server.
- Web Services execution platforms : integration into a UDDI directory server, integration of Web Services.
XML, model your documents and data
★★★★★
- MR-121
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Recent years have seen a strong increase in the popularity of XML, the W3C standard for writing structured documents. At the end of this training, the participant will have complete mastery of the syntax of the XML Schema language and the modeling rules allowed by this language.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
478479Training program
Reminders about XML and associated technologies
- Structure and components of an XML document.
- Well-formed document and valid document.
- Structured and semi-structured data.
- The different types of XML parsers and their role.
- The galaxy of XML technologies.
- Practical work Create and validate an XML document.
XML and document composition
- Objectives of structuring languages: DTD, XML Schema, Schematron and Relax NG.
- The main parts of a schema.
- EBNF syntax for DTD (Data Type Definition).
- Validation of documents.
- DTD with multiple roots.
- Practical work Writing a DTD and documents conforming to that -ci.
- Modular restructuring of the DTD.
480Namespaces
- Description and use of namespaces.
- Combination of multiple vocabularies.
- Combination of languages: XHTML, Xforms and SVG.
- Study of the scope of a namespace.
- Practical work Writing a document using several namespaces.
XML Schema language
- The syntax of the language.
- Defining a vocabulary and a grammar.
- Testing the values of elements and attributes.
- Organization of elements: sequence, choice, heap.
- Use of keys and uniqueness rules.
- Practical work Redefinition of a DTD with XML syntax -Schema.
- Code improvement.
481XML modeling techniques
- Design patterns.
- Unique patterns applicable to different document types.
- Generic reusable patterns (list, grid, etc.
- ).
- Documents using multiple diagrams.
- Practical work Application of the models studied.
XML and object design
- Reminders on object-oriented concepts.
- Object concepts of the XML Schema language.
- Types, class, derivation, polymorphism.
- UML/XML representation.
- Inclusion of schemas.
- Practical work Composition of modular and reusable schemas.
Modeling best practices
- Composition and inheritance.
- Types of constructions: "Russian dolls", "Slices of salami" and "Venetian blinds".
- Design pattern catalogs.
- Extensible content patterns.
- Practical work Evaluation of composition methods and use of different languages.
Succeed in your tablet and smartphone projects
★★★★★
- MR-123
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This course offers you a process to successfully carry out your projects for mobiles, tablets and Smartphones. It will also provide you with the essential knowledge to effectively manage all stages of your projects, from design to production.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Carry out a mobile project Define mobile specifications Differentiate the strengths and weaknesses of web and mobile applications Design efficient ergonomics Choose the right technologies and frameworks
483484Training program
Position your mobile project
- Choose between WebApp or mobile application in a store.
- Define the objectives: customer acquisition, loyalty, financial, brand.
- Define the target: customer profile .
- Choice of platform: mobile, tablet, store.
- Context: coupling with a website, customer service.
- Analyze the competition.
- Identify your strengths and weaknesses using the SWOT technique.
- Practical work Creation of a SWOT, organization on a case study.
Choosing mobile technologies
- Choice of client-side technologies and development platforms.
- Choice of HTML 5 technology.
- Framework and development tools.
- Components: database, SSO, data storage, encryption, flows, sensors, social networks.
- Upgrading the technical skills of your team.
- Practical work rnDefinition of tools and servers according to case studies.
485Define the specifications
- Functional specifications.
- Optimize MOE/MOA collaboration.
- Graphic charter specifications, technical constraints.
- Opt for responsive Design: the questions to ask yourself.
- Performance and conceptual impact.
- Practical work Create specifications based on case studies.
The Server platform
- Advantages, disadvantages of domains.
- mobi, m subdomains.
- Application maintenance, convergence of web logs and mobile logs.
- CMS and evolution towards mobile.
- Supervision of client/server exchanges.
- Practical work Define a choice of mobile websites, supervision tools.
486Project management
- Implementation of security and legal audit.
- Definition of a maintenance plan.
- Definition of actors and respective role.
- Administrative procedures (CNIL, store.
- ).
- Mobile SEO management.
- Management of a mobile advertising campaign.
- Implementation of a Mobile Device Management solution.
- Task planning.
- Manage the tests.
- Commissioning (training, communication, referencing).
- Practical work Project management workshop.
Hypervisors and real-time Linux
★★★★★
- MR-126
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
At the end of this training, you will be able to choose between the different real-time solutions for Linux and to develop real-time applications based on Linux-rt, Xenomai or on an architecture based on real-time hypervisors.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
488489Training program
Presentation of real-time architectures under Linux
- History and evolution of the kernel.
- Latency under Vanilla Linux, Patch RT, Timesys and Montavista.
- Nano-kernels and interrupt virtualization: history and principle of RTLinux and RTAI nano-kernels.
- History and principle of RTLinux and RTAI nano-kernels.
- Virtualization of interrupts with ADEOS and Xenomai.
- History and principle of real-time hypervisors.
- Free tools, L4Ka and pistachio.
- The OK-L4 and XtratuM projects.
Real-time under Linux and Linux-rt
- Introduction to Vanilla Linux.
- Features, advantages and disadvantages.
- Real-time application development API with Vanilla Linux.
- Application of the RT patch.
- Application development with Linux-rt.
- Development of drivers for Linux-rt.
- Practical work Installation of the patch RT.
- Development of a real-time application under Linux and Linux-rt.
490Domaines ADEOS et Xenomai
- ADEOS: application of the ADEOS patch.
- Application development for ADEOS.
- Xenomai: application of the Xenomai patch.
- Application development 'applications with Xenomai.
- Development of drivers for Xenomai.
- Practical work Development of a tracing tool with ADEOS.
- Development of a real-time application for Xenomai.
Real-time hypervisors
- L4 and OKL4: implementation and configuration of OK-L4.
- Configuration of L4Linux.
- Xtratum: domain management.
- Interdomain communication.
- Xtratum: application interface, schedulers, memory management and synchronization.
- Practical work Installation of a hypervisor, Xtratum and Partikle or L4 and L4Linux.
- Development of a mini real-time application.
Real-time hypervisors and hardware virtualization
- Intel and AMD hardware virtualization techniques: using VT-x for virtualization.
- Example of Xen, real-time limitations.
- VLX: a commercial real-time hypervisor for Intel and ARM.
★★★★★
- MR-127
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
492493Training program
Introduction a shopify Dropshipping -
payment methods (Payooner, Stripe, CMI...)
Trouver le Winning Product
Create a professional Shopify store
Linking social media accounts to Shopify websites
The best ways to boost sales
Integrate a number of apps with Shopify
Find winning products using Google tools
Optimizing a Shopify store for conversions
Facebook Business
Google Adwords
- Launch e-commerce retargeting campaigns
- L’email marketing (emailing)
- Use automated systems to perform repetitive tasks
Google Analytics
Cisco routers, routing enhancement, OSPF, BGP, QoS, VPN, VoIP
★★★★★
- MR-128
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
An advanced level course that will allow you to master: the concepts of distance vector protocols, link state protocols, path vector protocols, the criteria for selecting a routing protocol, the characteristics of the protocols: RIP-1 , RIP-2, EIGRP, OSPF, BGP, IP switching mechanisms, virtual private network design, voice over IP and access security.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand routing protocols
Implement an EIGRP IP network interconnection Create a secure OSPF interconnection
Create an IPSec VPN virtual private network
Implement an IP network interconnection using the BGP4 protocol
496Training program
Compare routing possibilities
- Topology: tree or mesh.
- Prioritization: flat network or with backbone.
- Services: prioritization or not.
- Flows: synchronous or asynchronous.
- Technical or strategic criteria: flow, delay, price or preference.
497Distance vector routing
- The RIP 1 and RIP 2 protocols.
- The simplicity of RIP.
- Loop processing.
- Convergence.
- Message processing.
- Routing by subnetworks, security.
- Multicast broadcasting, SNMP administration.
- External route management, Next Hop.
- Authentication.
- The EIGRP protocol.
- Multiple metrics.
- Choosing the best path.
- Loop processing, Split Horizon.
- Poison Reverse.
- Convergence.
- DUAL broadcast update algorithm.
- Protocols Hello, RTP.
- External route management.
- Feasable Distance Possible Successor.
- Neighborhood.
- Topology.
- Configure EIGRP.
- Implement load sharing.
- Operator action on the choice of routes.
- Globalization or not subnets.
- Filter routing: access-lists.
- Compare convergence between EIGRP and RIP.
- Configure authentication.
- Practical work RIP configuration commands on LAN, on WAN.
- Validate the limits.
- Implementation of a network interconnection.
- Creation of problems and debug actions on RIP.
- Implementation of an EIGRP IP network interconnection.
- Implementation of a distribution /load sharing.
498Link-state routing
- Basic concepts.
- Database and topology.
- Link states.
- The OSPF protocol.
- The role of the neighborhood, rapid convergence time.
- Hierarchical network by a backbone and zones.
- Secure broadcast of link states.
- Event-based updates.
- Update on network with or without broadcast.
- Define OSPF zones with or without globalization.
- Stub Area, Not So Stub Area, virtual link.
- The consequences on broadcast.
- Configure backbone routing, interzone, intrazone.
- Interpret database information.
- Customize link costs.
- Traffic distribution.
- Practical work rnImplementation of a secure OSPF interconnection.
- Implementation of 'a hierarchical network and definition of OSPF zones, verification of broadcasts in the backbone and the impact of the notion of terminal zone (stub area and NSSA) with or without route synthesis.
- Debug actions OSPF.
499BGP path vector routing
- Definition.
- Autonomous systems.
- Topology, tables, loops, routes, political routing.
- Path vectors.
- Attributes.
- BGP procedures.
- Exchanges, updates, polls.
- Processing political routing.
- Practical work Implementation of an interconnection of IP networks using the BGP4 protocol.
- Creation of a network of autonomous systems.
- Verification of broadcasts in the backbone.
- BGP debug actions.
- Creation of a decision table.
500Multicast routing
- Presentation.
- Implementation of multicast processing on Cisco.
- The IGMP protocol on LAN.
- The Dense and Sparse mode PIM protocol between routers.
- DVMRP, MOSPF protocols on the Backbone.
- Cisco GMP between router and switch.
Multicast routing
- Presentation.
- Implementation of multicast processing on Cisco.
- The IGMP protocol on LAN.
- The Dense and Sparse mode PIM protocol between routers.
- DVMRP, MOSPF protocols on the Backbone.
- Cisco GMP between router and switch.
501QoS - Prioritization of flows
- Requirements definition.
- DiffServ: flow marking: DSCP.
- Solutions: traffic shaping, queuing.
- Fair Queuing, Priority Queuing.
- Custom Queuing.
- Prioritization by DLCI Frame Relay.
- Practical work Configuration of the different types of queues 'wait.
- Validation of the impact on transfers.
502Virtual Private Networks: VPN
- MPLS VPN.
- MPLS components.
- VPN architecture.
- Associate flow, label, QoS.
- IPSec VPN.
- Principle.
- Selection of an algorithm.
- Road and tunnel association.
- Implementation principles .
- Practical work IPSec tunnel creation.
- Encryption mechanisms.
- IPsec configuration.
- Verification.
- Debug actions.
503Le protocole IS-IS
- Presentation.
- Implementation and use.
- Comparison with OSPF.
- Practical work Example of use of the IS- protocol IS.
Cisco IUWNE, CCNA Wireless, certification preparation
★★★★★
- MR-129
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to acquire all the techniques and methodologies necessary to pass the IUWNE exam to obtain CCNA Wireless certification. Through hands-on exercises, you will learn how to plan, configure, and implement Cisco WLAN wireless networks.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
This training will allow you to acquire all the techniques and methodologies necessary to pass the IUWNE exam to obtain CCNA Wireless certification
Through hands-on exercises, you will learn how to plan, configure, and implement Cisco WLAN wireless networks
506Training program
Introduction to Wireless Networks
- Wireless networks and topologies.
- Expected characteristics and performances.
- Radio frequency, antennas, speeds.
- The necessary speeds.
- Bluetooth, UWB, ZigBee, IEEE 802 technologies.
- 15.
The architecture of a WLAN network
- The components of a WLAN architecture.
- Wireless adapters or access cards.
- AP access points (Access points).
- The
- The set of basic (BSS) and extended (ESS) services.
- The
- The mesh network.
507Cisco WLANs
- The Cisco Unified Wireless Network architecture.
- Installation and configuration of a controller.
- What is Roaming? Linking an AP to a controller.
- Administer a wireless network from a controller.
- Migration of a standalone access point.
- The Cisco Mobility Express solution.
Wireless clients
- The tools needed for client connection.
- The default configuration.
- The "Cisco Aironet" wireless adapter.
- The "Cisco Secure Service Client" client application.
- The "Cisco Compatible Extensions" program.
508Security and WLAN
- Intrinsic weaknesses of wireless networks.
- The role of the SSID.
- Types of attack.
- Weaknesses of wireless network solutions 'authentication.
- Application of IEEE 802 security.
- 11.
- WLAN authentication.
- EAP authentication.
- Encryption with WPA and WPA2.
- Securing controllers and clients.
Plateforme Cisco Wireless Control System (WCS)
- WCS application overview.
- WCS installation types and configuration.
- Setting up alerts.
- Preconfigured cards.
- Configure monitoring.
- Analyze the network with WCS.
- Generate reports.
509Maintenance and troubleshooting
- Maintenance operations.
- Best practices.
- Some resolution methodologies.
Final preparation for the exam
- Analysis of the exam themes.
- Suggested methods.
- Scenario Intensive test session in conditions similar to the exam with collective exploitation of the results.
Unix user, improvement
★★★★★
- MR-130
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Focused on the efficient and secure use of the Unix system, this course will allow you to deepen the functionalities leading to better productivity. It will teach you to implement the main execution techniques in a network environment. Finally, it will show you how to analyze, using dashboards, the situations encountered in its operational operations.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
511512Training program
Introduction
- Reminders of the fundamental principles of Unix.
- The structure of Unix and its main components.
- Reminder of the basic commands.
- Use the online documentation effectively.
- Graphical and windowed system: reminders about the windowing and X/Windows systems.
- Graphical and windowed system: configuration and settings for user.
- Useful commands and variables.
Implementation of different shells
- Common features and principles.
- Internal and external commands.
- Variables associated with shells.
- Substitution mechanisms on a command line .
- Using the Bourne shell and the Korn shell.
- Using the bash.
- Aliasing and history mechanisms.
- Practical work Implementation of different shells.
- Use of alias and history mechanisms.
513Building tools using shells
- Programming principles of different shells.
- K-shell syntax.
- Configuration of shell-scripts.
- Using options in shells.
- Management of signals and interrupts.
- Help in developing a shell-script (debugging).
- Practical work rnUse, display information about the environment, the user using shell script.
- Debugging help.
514Setting and configuring the environment
- Study of the different startup files depending on the login shell.
- Environment variables.
- Specific options for the different shells.
- Additions about configuration files.
- Security management for the user: user profile.
- Files for managing and controlling security.
- Reminders on the protection of files and directories.
- Advanced tools for managing file and directory access.
- Practical work Parameterization and configuration of the environment (environment variable, prompt, .
- ).
515Browsing and searching for files
- Regular expressions (*, ^, [.
- [^).
- A family of tools for exploring a file (grep).
- File search (find).
- Redirects and filters (<,>, 2>, >>, <<).
- Main manipulation tools files.
- Which command, which file? File type, number of characters, words, lines.
- Miscellaneous commands.
- Practical work File search, text search and file manipulation (wc, .
- , cat, grep, regular expressions, redirection, filter).
- File management (creation, deletion, .
- ).
516Automatic file editing with awk
- Different editing tools and common principles.
- The sed editor.
- The awk utility.
- Its different options and its syntax.
- Special patterns and built-in variables of awk.
- Associative arrays.
- Multiline record file.
- Practical work Handling files with awk.
- Generation of list and formatted files with awk.
517Runtime environment management
- Starting a process.
- Process environment.
- Process management.
- Job control (foreground or in background).
- Job control (display, trace, stop, restart, .
- ).
- Set-UID/Set-GID bits and sticky-bit.
- Scheduling task execution (batch, at).
- Automating task execution (crontab).
- Practical work Manage the execution environment, use of job commands, signals, processes.
518Analysis, performance optimization and backups
- Standard analysis tools.
- Analyze disk I/O management.
- Monitoring processor usage.
- Management of virtual memory usage.
- Efficient bandwidth management.
- Analysis tools from the free world.
- Different approaches for backups.
- File archiving.
- File compression and decompression tools.
- Practical work Use of standard tools of analysis.
TCP/IP sous Unix
- Network support under Unix.
- Remote connections and file transfer (ftp, rcp, scp, .
- ).
- Intranet and messaging.
- Classic problems with DNS, NIS and NFS.
- Practical work Network configuration, file transfer and classic problems with DNS, NIS and NFS.
519Use free tools (perl example)
- GNU General Public License.
- The Unix specificities of Linux.
- Getting, compiling and using free software.
- Introduction to Perl .
- A first Perl program.
- Practical work Recover, compile and use free software.
Unix, systems and network administration
★★★★★
- MR-131
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course will allow you to administer and best operate a client-server site using a Unix environment from major market players (Solaris, HP/UX, Linux). It proposes to implement the main information sharing and centralized administration services currently available.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
521522Training program
Introduction
- Daily administration tasks.
- Which forums for which versions of Unix? Make good use of the online help.
523Main phases of operation of a site
- Installation: installation types.
- Upgrade.
- How to troubleshoot installation problems.
- User Support .
- Disk management: partitioning, introduction to RAID levels.
- File systems (UFS, Ext3, JFS, etc.
- ).
- Mounts: commands and files.
- Shutdown and restart: why and how to properly shut down a server? Startup, shutdown scripts, run levels.
- Management of users: commands for declaring accounts.
- Confidentiality in a Unix environment.
- Daily tools for the administrator: launching jobs.
- La crontab, at.
- The multi-platform unifying tool Webmin.
- Examples of use of proprietary graphics tools SMC (Solaris), SAM (HP/UX), linuxconf ( Linux).
- Practical work Install, partition and manage disks, users.
524Hardware and software management
- Installation of new software.
- Package management commands.
- Disks, CD-ROMs, backup interfaces.
- Declaration terminals and printers.
- Network cards.
- Practical work Package management.
TCP/IP network and services
- Dialogue on a TCP/IP network.
- The inetd daemon, configuration files.
- Traffic analysis utilities (snoop, iptrace, tcpdump ).
- Security on the network: the files implemented.
- Presentation of DHCP.
- Managing a lease.
- Practical work Configure the network, services, security.
525Name and address resolution services
- Importance of name services.
- Introduction to DNS, LDAP, NIS.
- NIS commands and daemons (yp*).
- Presentation of the NIS.
- NIS domain, NIS bases (the MAPs).
- Master server.
- Being an NIS client.
- Interoperability with other name services.
- Practical work Using the name service.
Integration of Windows workstations and servers
- Presentation of Samba.
- NFS.
- Access Unix files from Windows.
- Be part of the network neighborhood.
- Print to a printer connected to Windows.
- Print to a printer connected to Unix from Windows.
Unix, advanced administration
★★★★★
- MR-132
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to deepen the mechanisms of system and network administration under Unix. You will learn to measure performance, optimize the system and implement high availability mechanisms for services.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
527528Training program
Performances
- Performance concepts: analysis principles, resolution methodology.
- Monitor system activity: analysis conditions.
- Performance management workload.
- CPU performance: analysis of a single-processor environment, a multi-processor environment.
- Memory-related performance: paging, lack of memory, lack of swap.
- Performance linked to disks: contention problems, implementation of software or hardware RAID solutions.
- Performance linked to the network: collision detection, throughput, solutions to bring.
- Performance linked to certain applications: Oracle (IPC parameter settings).
- Other applications: Java services (request distribution).
- Web services (load distribution).
- Practical work Measure, monitor, analyze, optimize system activity.
System configuration
- Modifying the parameters of a Unix kernel: principles and examples of consulting and modifying parameters.
- Setting up accounting: deploying measurement tools.
- Implementation of C2 security to increase the traceability and security of the system.
- Advanced use of ssh: increase security.
- Practical work r nImplementing security.
529Advanced network configuration
- TCP/IP principles: reminders.
- Management of subnet masks: principles and implementation.
- DNS/BIND: principle and implementation setting up a configuration with a master/primary, a slave/secondary and clients.
- DHCP: principles and implementation.
- Routing: principles and implementation place.
- Network security using a firewall: IPFilter.
- Practical work Advanced network configuration.
The syslogd daemon
- Setting up and operating the syslogd cookie.
- Practical work Implementing syslogd.
Concepts of high availability of services
- Characteristics of an HA Cluster.
- Deployment of an HA Cluster.
- Implementation of NFS in high availability.
- Implementation of Apache in high availability.
- Implementation of Oracle in high availability.
- Fault tests.
Mass deployment concepts
- Introduction to mass deployment.
- Illustration.
Solaris 11, new features for administrators
★★★★★
- MR-133
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
For administrators familiar with one of the earlier versions of Solaris, this training will teach them the elements to administer a fleet of Solaris 11 machines. They will see the new features, the administration of software packages, zones, storage, physical network and Security.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
531532Training program
New Solaris 11 Features
- New package deployment mechanism.
- New system update mechanism.
- New network deployment mechanism.
- New ZFS mechanism.
- New security mechanisms.
- Demonstration Illustration of new features.
- Getting started with the system
New Solaris 11 Features
- New package deployment mechanism.
- New system update mechanism.
- New network deployment mechanism.
- New ZFS mechanism.
- New security mechanisms.
- Demo Illustration of new features.
- Getting started with the system
533Administration of software packages
- Description of IPS - Integrated Package System.
- Administration of new publishers.
- Administration of packages.
- View, add, check and remove packages.
- System update.
- BE administration - Boot environment.
- What to do in case of problem? previous configuration.
- Exercise: Administer packages.
- Create a publisher.
- Update the system.
534Installation mechanisms
- Interactive installation.
- Live CD.
- Text installation.
- Automated installation AI (Automated Installer).
- Setting up an AI server.
- Customer declaration.
- Description of Manifests.
- Comparison with JumpStart.
- Exercise: Implement the installation mechanisms.
- Handle Automated Installer.
Administration des zones
- Description.
- Zone types.
- Solaris 10 zones on Solaris 11.
- Zone functions.
- Deployment.
- Security.
- Exercise: Handling zones and associated functions.
535Storage Administration
- Shadow Data Migration.
- Differential Snapshots.
- Deduplication.
- iSCSI: COMSTAR.
- Encryption.
Physical network administration
- Setting up IP addressing.
- Viewing hardware components.
- Add an IP address to a Solaris machine and a default gateway.
- Add DNS client configuration.
- Network commands.
- New functions: NWAM (Network Auto-Magic), virtual networks between zones, flow control.
- Exercise: Configure the different network elements.
- Handle network commands.
536Security Administration
- BART.
- ZFS Security.
- Zone Security.
- Sudo.
- Exercise: Put security elements in place.
Solaris 11 administration, level 1
★★★★★
- MR-134
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
You will learn how to operate and administer all the features of a Unix Solaris 11 system. You will see how to install, configure the system, system updates, storage, network, users and groups, security and update implement supervision.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
538539Training program
System installation and configuration
- Installation methods.
- Initial configuration (date, network, etc.
- ).
- Description of IPS (Integrated Package System).
- Package Administration.
- System Update.
- Boot Environment Administration.
- Practical work Installation, system configuration.
- Performing updates via packages.
System Services Administration
- SMF (Service Management facility).
- Run levels, milestones and boot mechanisms.
- Open Boot Prom and GRUB.
- Added , deletion, shutdown and startup.
- Useful commands.
- Starting in maintenance mode.
- Practical work Administer different system services.
- Decrypting boot sequences.
540Storage Administration
- Storage mechanisms.
- DAS, NAS and SAN connection.
- ZFS as logical volume manager.
- ZFS as file system .
- Snapshots and clones.
- RAID level management.
- iSCSI compression, encryption and sharing.
- Backup, restore.
- Practical work Implementation of ZFS, backups and restores.
Administration des zones
- Partitioning the system using zones.
- Benefits of system partitioning.
- Zone administration.
- Mode access console.
- Practical work Manipulation of zones.
541Physical network administration
- Setting up IP addressing.
- Configuration.
- Network commands: ping, telnet, rlogin, ssh.
- Setting up setting up an NFS server and client.
- Practical work Configuration of network elements.
Administration of users and groups
- Managing users and groups.
- Managing an account and a group.
- Using quotas.
Process management
- Using the shell for process management.
- Commands and scheduling.
- Using at, crontab commands.
- Practical work rnHandling commands.
542Security and supervision
- System access.
- Using sudo, RBAC.
- Monitoring.
- Syslog and system logs.
- Crash dump.
- Description.
- Analysis.
- Practical work Securing access to the system and setting up supervision elements.
Solaris 11 administration, level 2
★★★★★
- MR-135
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
During this course, Solaris 11 administrators will deepen their knowledge of all of the system's features. They will see advanced administration of IPS packages, network, security and storage, configuration of zones and virtual network as well as fault analysis.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
544545Training program
Advanced software package administration
- Publisher administration.
- List of publishers.
- Advanced package administration.
- Manipulate packages in an inactive boot environment.
- Creating an inactive boot environment from a backup.
- Exercise: Handling packages.
- Creating your own publisher.
Network deployment using AI
- The AI server.
- Prerequisites.
- Setting up.
- The AI client.
- Manifest Management.
- Deployment.
- Building a new image.
- Exercise: Implement the Automated Installer.
546Advanced storage administration
- Backup and recovery strategies.
- Local backup.
- Remote backup.
- Incident management.
- Replacing a faulty disk.
- Fixing data corruption.
- Exercise: Implement backups/restores.
- ZFS handling.
Advanced network administration
- NWAM - Network Auto Magic.
- Description.
- IPMP.
- Link-based and probe-based configuration.
- Link aggregation.
- Combination with IPMP.
- Exercise: Set up NWAM and IPMP.
547Configure zones and virtual network
- Solaris 11 zones.
- Setup.
- Description of the virtual network.
- Virtual equipment: hubs, switches and routers.
- Limiting network traffic for a zone.
- Exercise: Administer zones and the virtual network.
Advanced security administration and auditing
- Audit mechanisms.
- Description.
- ZFS audit.
- Zone audit.
- Implementation place auditing mechanisms.
- Deployment.
- Exercise: Implement a security audit.
548Advanced zone administration
- CPU, memory and storage resources.
- Setup.
- Zone configuration.
- Changing the zone configuration.
- Supervision.
- Supervision commands.
- Exercise: Manage resources.
- Configure zones.
- Manipulate supervision commands.
549System optimization and fault analysis
- Resource monitoring.
- System commands.
- DTrace.
- Performance analysis.
- Methods of analysis.
- Crash analysis.
- Introduction to Core analysis.
- Crash analysis.
- Using mdb and DTrace.
- Exercise: Handle the analysis commands.
- Implement some mechanisms for optimization.
Solaris 10 administration
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to best administer and operate a client-server site using a Solaris environment.
Who is this training for ?
For whomThis Solaris training is aimed at administrators of a Solaris site.

It is necessary to have initial Solaris administration experience or to have completed the "Solaris: Administration" (USAS) course.
Training objectives
-Know how to install and configure a Solaris 10 system
-Deep understanding of internal mechanisms
-Know how to resolve certain incidents and communicate effectively with manufacturer support
552Training program
INSTALLATION
- Planning the installation
- Implementing an installation from CDROM
- Managing optional packages
- Installing patches
- Post-installation procedure
- Automated installation from a JumpStart server
FILE SYSTEMS ADDITIONS
- Backup and recovery
- Virtual file systems
- tmpfs feature and mounting option
- Setting up cachefs
- procfs: /proc directory and associated commands
- ZFS file system
553CORE CONFIGURATION
- Kernel configuration
- Static configuration and the /etc/system file
- Dynamic configuration: mdb / adb commands
- Management kernel modules
- Static management: moddir, exclude, forceload
- Dynamic management: modinfo, modload, modunload
MANAGEMENT OF SOLARIS ZONES
- Zone concept
- Zone management
- Zone administration
- Related zlogin commands,...
INCIDENT MANAGEMENT
- Incidents during system initialization
- System dump, analysis example
- Using Dtrace
- Operating principles
- Implementation examples
554C2 SECURITY: IMPLEMENTATION
- Basic security and C2 Security
- Account security
- System audit
- Mastering the boot phases
SOLARIS VOLUME MANAGER (SVM)
- SVM overview
- Managing metadevices
- Initializing SVM
- Simple RAID0, RAID1, or RAID5 metadevices
- Enlarging file systems on metadevice
- Deleting a metadevice
- Advanced operations
- Using soft partitions
- Mirroring the boot device
- Specific treatment of mirrors
Mac OS X, administration
★★★★★
- MR-137
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
You will learn the essential elements for installing, configuring and administering a fleet of machines running Mac OS X on a daily basis. You will see how to install and update the system and software, manage users, disks, the network and how to protect yourself via backup/restore.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install and configure a computer with Mac OS
556557Training program
Installation
- Installing the Mac OS
- Practical work rnInstallation of a Mac OS
User Management
- Account characteristics.
- Creation of a user.
- Details of the settings.
- Deleting a user.
- Characteristics of system accounts.
- Managing preferences.
- Connection configuration.
- Practical work Create and configure a user account .
Disk Management
- Disk Utility and Volume Management.
- Adding disks, partitioning.
- Creating and maintaining file systems.
- Management of virtual memory.
- Logging.
- Practical work Adding a disk and mounting the volume.
558Managing the Mac OS X File System
- File system hierarchy.
- Roles of system folders/library/Users.
- The user environment.
- Its backup.
- Practical work Total or partial backup of the user environment.
Backup and Restore
- Backup files on removable volumes.
- Creation of images to burn (dvd-rw).
- Synchronization tools.
- L 'Time Machine tool.
- Clone boot disk (Carbon Copy Cloner).
- Practical work Backup by Time Machine and creation of rescue disks.
559Network management
- Ethernet and Airport network configuration.
- Network utilities: traceroute, ping.
- Heterogeneous settings and sharing (Mac, Windows).
- Protocols and access.
- Settings.
- Access to directories.
- Printer sharing.
- Access to network printers.
- Practical work Configure the network and share a folder.
Using the terminal
- Choice of shell.
- View volumes, files and log files.
- Browse the tree.
- Access to administrator account (root).
- Practical work Using the command line.
Virtualization: summary
★★★★★
- MR-138
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This seminar offers a technical overview of virtualization solutions. It will allow you to understand the challenges of virtualization, take stock of market solutions and measure their contributions and impacts on information systems architectures.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Define the fundamentals of virtualization Categorize market virtualization solutions Identify the structural impacts of IT virtualization Measure the benefits that virtualization represents
561562Training program
Presentation
- The history of virtualization.
- The evolution of the virtualization market.
- The rationalization of IT services through virtualization, the challenges and the gains .
- The evolution of the virtualization market.
The fundamentals of virtualization
- Use cases for virtualization.
- What impact on software royalties? The concept of Cloud Computing.
- Service models ( SaaS, PaaS, IaaS) and deployment models (private, public, hybrid).
- The additional components of a private Cloud compared to a virtual infrastructure.
- A tour overview of x86 systems virtualization technologies.
- The different approaches to virtualizing a server.
- Native virtualization, assisted by hardware, virtualization at the OS level.
- Type 1, type 2 hypervisors.
- An overview of components: operating system and application virtualization.
- The different market players .
563Virtualization features
- deployment of the virtual infrastructure, flexibility in creating virtual machines.
- Scalability of the virtual platform.
- Simplification of administration and operation.
- Optimization of resource management: VM, CPU, memory, storage, network.
- Service continuity, high availability.
- The integration of virtual networks into physical networks.
- The use of different types of storage and their criticality.
Market solutions
- The overview of the different offers (Microsoft, Xen, VMware.
- ).
- What are the differences between the editions and licenses? What to choose?r nComparison and positioning of market leaders.
- VMware: overview of the architecture of VMware vSphere, ESXi hypervisor.
- The vCenter console.
- Microsoft: Hyper-V and the System Center suite.
- Citrix: Xen, XenServer, XenApp, XenDesktop.
- Linux KVM: QEMU, Libvirt Architecture, Red Hat Enterprise.
564Server virtualization
- The technical differences between virtualizing a workstation and a server.
- What limits? Can we virtualize all the servers? The flexibility of creating virtual machines.
- The different types of storage: DAS, SAN, NAS.
- Storage virtualization for server virtualization.
- Network virtualization: physical network cards and virtualization, physical and virtual network switches.
- Quality of service.
- Deployment.
- Administration of the virtualization solution.
- Operating costs.
- Service continuity (PCA).
- The business recovery plan (PRA).
- The flexibility of the information system: facilitating the PRA.
Workstation virtualization
- The issues related to the virtualization of workstations.
- The technologies of virtualization of workstations.
- The strategies for deploying virtualized workstations.
- Application virtualization.
- The different market players.
565Managing the virtualized environment
- Monitoring the virtual infrastructure: alerts, actions, reporting, capacity.
- ?rnAnalyzing and monitoring the performance of the virtual infrastructure, its supervision.
- X2X market migration tools (P2V, V2V, V2P).
- P2V: conversion of a physical machine into a virtual machine.
- The V2V: conversion of a virtual computer into a virtual computer, migration.
- V2P: conversion of a virtual machine into a physical machine.
- Backup of virtual machines, solutions for market (Platespin, VizionCore, Veeam.
- ).
- Automation of operations on virtual infrastructures.
- Securing networks and data.
- Understand security and the PRA (Disaster Recovery Plan) of a virtual infrastructure.
- What a PRA (Disaster Recovery Plan) is, what 'it contains, its objective.'}
Best practices for implementing a virtualization project
- The methodology for implementing a virtualization project.
- The impacts on the TCO (Total Cost of Ownership) and the ROI (Return On Investment).
- Implementation: risks, limits and recommendations.
- Best practices for migrating versions or hypervisors.
VMware vSphere 6, troubleshooting
★★★★★
- MR-141
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course will introduce you to the tools and techniques needed to diagnose and resolve issues that may arise in a VMware infrastructure. You will learn how to troubleshoot an ESX/ESXi server, identify and fix issues related to VMotion, HA and DRS.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Learn a troubleshooting methodology to diagnose and resolve VMware vSphere 6 server issues Use the vSphere Web Client and vSphere Management Assistant to troubleshoot an ESX/ESXi server Configure advanced network options and diagnose network problems Identify and correct problems related to VMware VMotion, HA, DRS and Virtual Machine startup Centralize and analyze VMware infrastructure logs
567568Training program
Problem solving methodology
- Troubleshooting methodology approach.
- Use Technical Support mode to identify and resolve problems on ESXi.
Tools: vSphere Management Assistant
- Overview and deployment of vSphere Management Assistant (vMA).
- Configuration and administration of vMA.
- Commands that can be used with vMA.
- Lab Use the vSphere Client and vSphere Management Assistant to configure, diagnose, and troubleshoot an ESX/ESXi server.
Log file management
- VCenter, ESX and ESXi log files.
- Management of vCenter, ESX and ESXi logs (syslog and vilogger).
- Centralized log management with vMA.
- Generation of a log bundle for VMware support.
- Practical work Identify and manage logs.
Network Troubleshooting
- ESXi management network troubleshooting.
- Troubleshooting issues on standard Switches and Distributed Virtual Switches (DVS).
- Connectivity issues VM network.
- Practical work Configure advanced network options and diagnose network problems.
569Storage Troubleshooting
- Troubleshooting LUN Connectivity.
- Troubleshooting Multipathing Issues.
- Hands-on Storage-related diagnostics and troubleshooting.
Troubleshooting Clusters
- Troubleshooting DRS and HA cluster issues.
- Troubleshooting VMotion.
- Hands-on Identify and fix issues with VMware VMotion, HA, and DRS.
Troubleshooting vCenter and ESXi
- Common issues with the vCenter server, Single Sign On.
- Common issues with an ESXi.
- Implementing SSL certificates on the vCenter server, ESXi .
- Practical work Identify and resolve problems on ESXi.
- Implementation of SSH certificates under vSphere.
Troubleshooting Virtual Machines
- Virtual machine status issues.
- Troubleshooting VMware Tools installation issues.
- Troubleshooting snapshot issues.
- Troubleshooting VM startup issues.
- Hands-on Identify and correct virtual machine startup issues.
VMware vSphere 6, optimization and advanced administration
★★★★★
- MR-142
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This training will provide you with the knowledge necessary to optimize and implement the advanced features of VMware vSphere 6. You will learn how to optimize the configuration of virtual machines, identify problems related to CPU, memory, network and storage performance .
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Optimize virtual machine configuration in a VMware vSphere 6 environment Understand CPU, memory, network and storage resource allocation Identify key CPU, memory, network, and storage performance issues Set up Distributed Switches and use their advanced features Improve the deployment and configuration of ESXi servers
571572Training program
vSphere Management Assistant (vMA)
- Deploy, configure, administer vMA.
- The esxcli and vicfg commands.
- Access ESXi using SHELL and SSH.
- Log files (ESXi, vCenter server).
- Centralize logs with vMA.
- Practical work Example of using vMA.
Performance
- Performance factors in a virtual environment.
- Performance monitoring with vCenter, resxtop.
- Practical work Performance visualization with vMA and resxtop, the client vSphere.
Les Distributed Virtual Switches (dvSwitch)
- Creation, configuration and management.
- Migrating from standard virtual switches to distributed virtual switches.
- Understanding NetFlow, Port Mirroring, LACP.
- Private VLANs (PVLAN).
- QoS/Network I/O Control.
- Practical work Network configuration using command lines.
573Network performance
- Adapter features.
- Set up a traffic analyzer.
- Monitor performance metrics.
- Hands-on r nTroubleshoot typical performance issues.
Storage access, performance and scalability
- Storage performance factors (protocols, VMFS, Load Balancing).
- Storage-related performance issues.
- Configure storage multipathing.
- Understand VAAI, VASA storage drivers.
- Using storage profiles for VMs.
- Datastore clusters.
- Practical work Configuring Storage DRS, Storage IO Control.
Deployment, optimized server management
- PSC (Platform Services Controller) architecture.
- Use of Content Libraries.
- VMware Host Profile: maintaining compliance, deploying ESXi.
- Image Builder: Create an ESXi installation image.
- vSphere Auto Deploy: Deploy ESXi hosts.
574Processor and memory performance
- CPU Scheduler features.
- Monitor CPU resources and memory.
- Memory management techniques on an ESXi.
- Hands-on work Troubleshoot CPU issues.
VM and cluster performance
- Performance at the DRS Clusters level, resource pools, resource allocation settings.
- Resource allocation settings.
VMware vSphere 6, automate administration with PowerCLI
★★★★★
- MR-143
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This internship will allow you to automate your administration tasks in a VMware vSphere 6 (or 5.x) environment. You will learn how to use scripts to automate the configuration, tuning and monitoring of ESX/ESXi servers, and how to automatically manage VMware clusters.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install vSphere PowerCLI Script the creation and administration tasks related to virtual machines Automate the configuration and settings of ESX/ESXi servers Manage VMware clusters automatically Monitor the status of different vSphere infrastructure objects with scripts
576577Training program
vSphere PowerCLI Overview
- Presentation and installation of vSphere PowerCLI.
- Connecting to a vSphere infrastructure.
- Practical work Installation and getting started with vSphere PowerCLI.
- Run your first script.
Configuring ESX/ESXi servers
- Automate the network configuration of ESX/ESXi.
- Automate the storage configuration.
- Set up and configure a Datastore cluster.
- Automate the configuration of ESX/ESXi servers.
- Practical work Automate the configuration and configuration of ESX/ESXi servers.
Creating, configuring and protecting virtual machines
- Automate the creation and deployment of virtual machines.
- Automate the configuration of virtual machines.
- Run scripts in virtual machines.
- Manage virtual machine snapshots using scripts.
- Practical work Manage the creation and administration of virtual machines using scripts.
578Cluster management
- Automate live migrations of virtual machines (VMotion, Storage VMotion).
- Script the configuration of HA and DRS clusters.
- Setting up and modifying Storage DRS rules.
- Automate the creation and modification of resource pools.
- Practical work Automate the various virtual machine migration operations via scripts.
- Automatically manage VMware clusters.
vSphere PowerCLI Update Manager
- Installation of PowerCLI for Update Manager.
- Creation and use of Baselines by script.
- Practical work Manage Update Manager.
Collecting information about a vSphere infrastructure
- Get reports on virtual machines (status, configuration.
- ).
- Collect information on ESX servers (configuration, settings.
- Monitor the clusters (composition, resources.
- ).
- Practical work rnMonitor the state of the different objects in the 'vSphere infrastructure with scripts.'}
579New deployment methods
- Using and configuring Image Builder.
- Creating custom ESXi installation packages with Image Builder.
- Hands-on Creating images ESXi custom install iso.
VMware vSphere 5.5, implement new features
★★★★★
- MR-146
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to discover the new features of the VMware vSphere 5.5 version. You will learn in particular how to implement new network functionalities, the new high availability architecture as well as optimize the storage and deployment of servers.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand areas for improvement on VMware vSphere 5
5
Understand the new network features including the ESXi Firewall and Distributed Switches
Optimize storage management with datastore clusters and Storage DRS
Understand the new methods of deploying ESXi 5
5 servers
Upgrade a VMware vSphere 4
x infrastructure to VMware vSphere 5
5
582Training program
The new vSphere architecture
- Improvements effective on ESXi, vCenter and Update Manager components.
- VMware vSphere 5 licenses.
- 5.
- Server installation Single Sign On, Inventory Services.
- vCenter Single Sign On Capabilities.
- Updating vSphere 4 components.
- x to vSphere 5.
- 5.
- Practical work Updating a VMware vSphere 4 infrastructure.
- x to VMware vSphere 5.
- 5.
Administration and management of virtual machines
- New capabilities of virtual machines.
- Snapshot consolidation.
- Installation, configuration and use of the vSphere Web Client.
- Practical work Using the vSphere Web Client to administer virtual machines.
583Network management
- Presentation and configuration of the new ESXi 5 Firewall.
- 5.
- Features of Distributed Switch version 5.
- 5 ( Link Layer Discovery Protocol, Netflow, Port Mirroring, LACP).
- Network IO Control enhancements.
- Backup and restoration of dvSwitches.
- Practical work Understand the new network features including the ESXi Firewall and Distributed Switches.
Storage management
- The new vStorage API for Array Integration primitives.
- New features related to Storage vMotion.
- Creation and upgrade of VMFS-5 volumes.
- Setting up storage profiles for VMs.
- Practical work Updating and managing VMFS-5 volumes.
- Optimizing storage management with Datastore and Storage DRS Clusters.
584Scalability
- Changes related to resource pool management.
- Backing up Resource Pools.
- VMware VMotion advanced.
- Overview and creation of Datastore Clusters.
- Setting up and configuring VMware Storage DRS.
High availability
- Improvements for Fault Tolerance and EVC.
- New VMware HA architecture.
- VMware HA configuration and monitoring.
- vSphere Replication.
New deployment methods
- Creating custom ESXi installation packages with Image Builder.
- Automated ESXi deployment with VMware Auto Deploy.
- Hands-on Deploy ESXi 5 servers.
- 5.
- Deploy the vCenter Server 5 appliance.
- 5.
VMware vSphere 5.5, installation, configuration et administration
★★★★★
- MR-147
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course will teach you how to install, configure and administer the components of a VMware vSphere 5.5 virtual infrastructure. It will show you how to manage the virtual network, storage, resources and deploy virtual machines and also how to secure and backup the infrastructure set up.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install and configure VMware vSphere 5
5 virtual infrastructure components
Configure and manage the virtual network under vSphere
Configure, manage and optimize storage under VMware vSphere
Improve and optimize resource allocation with VMware Distributed Resource Schedule
Implement fault tolerance for virtual machines with Fault Tolerance
Set up VM replication with vSphere Replication
587Training program
Virtual infrastructure
- The main use cases of virtualization.
- Presentation of VMware vSphere, licenses.
- Architecture and components of vSphere 5.
- 5 Practical work Install an ESXi server.
The VMware vCenter 5.5 server
- Installing vCenter Server 5.
- 5 on Windows.
- Deploying the vCenter 5 Appliance.
- 5.
- The SSO server.
- The Inventory Service server.
- Practical work Install and configure vCenter 5.
- 5.
588Managing vNetwork Standard Switches
- Standard virtual switches.
- Advanced network configuration (security, traffic management, teaming management).
- Practical work Configure network elements .
- » Storage management under vSphere: vStorage Presentation of the different storage protocols.
- Fiber Channel SAN storage, iSCSI SAN and NFS.
- Creation and management of Datastores.
- Practical work Configure storage.
Creation, deployment and administration of virtual machines (VMs)
- Creation, deletion and management of VMs, templates.
- Cold migration of a VM.
- Management of virtual hardware: Thin Provisionning, VMDirectPath.
- Snapshots of virtual machines.
- Backing up VMs with VMware Data Protection.
- Monitoring and managing resource usage.
- Practical work Create VMs and templates.
- Clone a virtual machine (VM).
589Infrastructure access security
- Configure and administer the firewall in ESXi.
- Use Lockdown Mode.
- Integrate ESXi with Active Directory.
- Securing access: roles and permissions.
- Installing vCenter Update Manager.
- Managing updates with VMware Update Manager.
High availability and continuity of service
- Managing a VMware High Availability (HA) cluster.
- Fault tolerance with VMware Fault Tolerance.
- VMware vSphere Replication.
- Practical work Implement high availability and a VM backup policy.
Virtual Datacenter Scalability
- VMware Storage VMotion.
- Gestion d'un Cluster Distributed Resource Scheduler.
- Configuration du Enhanced VMotion Compatibility (EVC).
- Gestion de Distributed Power Management (DPM).
VMware vSphere 5.5, supervision et exploitation
★★★★★
- MR-148
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This course will provide you with all the elements necessary to operate VMware vSphere 5.5 in the most efficient conditions. You will see concretely how to manage virtual machines on a daily basis and back them up, how to monitor resource usage and how to update the infrastructure.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Monitor and manage VMware vSphere 5
5 virtual platform resources
Create, configure and administer virtual machines
Back up virtual machines
Manage virtual infrastructure updates with Update Manager
Know how to analyze available log files
592Training program
Virtualization
- Presentation of virtualization.
- The VMware offer.
VMware vSphere 5.5 Overview
- The architecture of vSphere 5.
- 5.
- The components of vSphere 5.
- 5 for operators.
- Storage: Datastore.
- Network: Port Group Virtual Machine VSphere inventory management.
- Practical work Discovery and getting started with VMware vSphere virtual infrastructure 5.
- 5.
593Deployment and administration of virtual machines (VMs)
- Elements of a VM.
- Virtual hardware management.
- Creation and duplication of a new VM.
- Creation and management templates.
- Virtual hardware management: Thin provisioning, VMDirectPath.
- Snapshots of virtual machines.
- Cold migration of a VM.
- Moving a VM from one host ESX server to another with VMware VMotion.
- Transferring disks with Storage VMotion.
- Practical work Creating a 'a simple virtual machine.
- Deploying VMs with templates.
- Migrating a VM with VMotion and Storage VMotion.
- Using VM snapshots .
594Resource monitoring and utilization
- Managing VM resources.
- Optimizing CPU and memory usage.
- Managing admission control.
- Performance monitoring.
- Infrastructure monitoring with alarms.
- Using a Cluster Distributed Resource Scheduler.
- Practical work r nSetting up alarms.
- Monitoring VM parameters and modifying virtual platform resources.
Backing up virtual machines
- Types of backups, tools that can be used.
- Backing up VMs with VMware Data Protection.
- Practical work Backing up VMs with VMware Data Protection.
Updating virtual infrastructure
- Update recovery methods.
- Managing updates with VMware Update Manager.
- Switching the infrastructure to maintenance mode.
- Practical work Updating the infrastructure with the VMware Update Manager tool.
595Diagnostics
- Identification of available log files.
- Management of vCenter, ESX and ESXi logs.
- Practical work Analysis of log files.
VMware vSphere 5.5, troubleshooting
★★★★★
- MR-149
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course will introduce you to the tools and techniques needed to diagnose and resolve issues that may arise in a VMware infrastructure, including how to troubleshoot an ESX/ESXi server, identify and correct issues related to VMotion as well as HA and DRS. .
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Learn a troubleshooting methodology to diagnose and resolve VMware vSphere 5
5 server issues
Use the vSphere Web Client and vSphere Management Assistant to troubleshoot an ESX/ESXi server
Configure advanced network options and diagnose network problems
Identify and correct problems related to VMware VMotion, HA, DRS and Virtual Machine startup
Centralize and analyze VMware infrastructure logs
598Training program
Problem solving methodology
- Overview of a method.
- Use "Technical Support" mode.
- Overview and deployment of vSphere Management Assistant (vMA).
- Configuring and administering vMA.
- Commands that you can use with vMA.
- Hands-on Use the vSphere Client and the vSphere Management Assistant to configure, diagnose, and troubleshoot the problems of an ESX/ESXi server.
- » Management of log files Identification of the different vCenter, ESX and ESXi log files.
- Management of vCenter logs , ESX and ESXi (syslog and vilogger).
- Centralized log management with vMA.
- Generation of a log bundle for VMware support.
- Practical work Identify and manage VMware infrastructure logs.
Log file management
- Identification of the different vCenter, ESX and ESXi log files.
- Management of vCenter, ESX and ESXi logs (syslog and vilogger).
- Centralized log management with vMA.
- Generation of a log bundle for VMware support.
- Practical work Identify and manage VMware infrastructure logs.
599Network Troubleshooting
- Troubleshooting issues on Standard Switches and Distributed Virtual Switches (DVS).
- ESXi Management Network Troubleshooting.
- Connectivity Issues VM network.
- Practical work Configure advanced network options and diagnose network problems.
Cluster Management
- Troubleshooting Cluster DRS and HA issues.
- Troubleshooting VMotion.
- Hands-on Identify and fix issues with VMware VMotion, HA and DRS.
Troubleshooting vCenter and ESXi
- Common vCenter server issues.
- Common ESXi issues.
- Implementing SSL certificates on the vCenter server, ESXi.
- Practical work Identify and resolve problems on ESXi.
- Implementation of SSH certificates under vSphere.
Troubleshooting Virtual Machines
- Virtual machine status issues.
- Troubleshooting VMware Tools installation issues.
- Troubleshooting snapshot issues.
- Troubleshooting VM startup issues.
- Hands-on Identify and correct virtual machine startup issues.
VMware vSphere 5.5, automate administration with PowerCLI
★★★★★
- MR-151
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This course will teach you how to automate administration tasks in a VMware vSphere 5.5 environment. You will see how to use scripts to automate the configuration and monitoring of ESX/ESXi servers and thus improve the efficiency, availability and flexibility of your infrastructure.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install vSphere PowerCLI Script the creation and administration tasks related to virtual machines Automate the configuration and settings of ESX/ESXi servers Manage VMware clusters automatically Monitor the status of different vSphere infrastructure objects with scripts
601602Training program
vSphere PowerCLI Overview
- Presentation and installation of vSphere PowerCLI.
- Connecting to a vSphere infrastructure.
- Practical work Installation and getting started with vSphere PowerCLI.
- Run your first script.
Configuring ESX/ESXi servers
- Automate the network configuration of ESX/ESXi.
- Automate the storage configuration.
- Setting up and configuring a Datastore Cluster.
- Automate the configuration of ESX/ESXi servers.
- Practical work Automate the configuration and configuration of ESX/ESXi servers.
Creating, configuring and protecting virtual machines
- Automate the creation and deployment of virtual machines.
- Automate the configuration of virtual machines.
- Run scripts in virtual machines.
- Manage virtual machine snapshots using scripts.
- Practical work Manage the creation and administration of virtual machines using scripts.
603Cluster Management
- Automate live migrations of virtual machines (VMotion, Storage VMotion).
- Script the configuration of HA and DRS Clusters.
- Setting up and modifying Storage DRS rules.
- Automate the creation and modification of resource pools.
- Practical work Automate the various virtual machine migration operations via scripts.
- Automatically manage VMware Clusters.
vSphere PowerCLI Update Manager
- Installation of PowerCLI for Update Manager.
- Creation and use of Baselines by script.
- Practical work Manage Update Manager.
Collecting information about a vSphere infrastructure
- Get reports on virtual machines (status, configuration, etc.
- ).
- Collect information on ESX servers (configuration, settings, etc.)
- ).
- Monitor Clusters (composition, resources, etc.
- ).
- Practical work Monitor the status of the various objects of the vSphere infrastructure with scripts.
604New deployment methods
- Using and configuring Image Builder.
- Creating custom ESXi installation packages with Image Builder.
- Hands-on Creating images ESXi custom install iso.
VMware vSphere 5.5, clustering and high availability
★★★★★
- MR-152
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training will teach you how to implement a highly available VMware vSphere 5.5 infrastructure at the ESX server, administration, virtual machine and application levels. You'll also see resource optimization, centralized management, and VM availability with VMware Fault Tolerance.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Implement a highly available VMware vSphere 5
5 infrastructure
Ensure complete VM availability with VMware Fault Tolerance
Automatically distribute virtual machine files and avoid disk contention
Advanced setup and configuration of a VMware DRS cluster
Deploy ESXi servers in PXE with VMware Auto Deploy
607Training program
Continuity of service
- Network redundancy, storage.
- High availability: maintenance of ESXi and storage, virtual machines and vCenter.
- Disaster Recovery Plan.
Setting up Clusters
- Supported VM Cluster architectures.
- VMware Configuration of a VM Cluster.
- Practical work Configuration of VM Clusters.
Clusters VMware High Availability
- Architecture and operation of vSphere HA.
- VMware HA cluster: configuration, monitoring.
- Management and calculation of slot sizes.
- Virtual Machine Monitoring.
- Practical work Using the HA function in a VM Cluster.
- Configuration of VMware HA Admission Control Policies.
- Monitoring VMware HA.
VMware Fault Tolerance
- Presentation, implementation and configuration.
- Best practices.
- Practical work Implementation of Fault Tolerance technology for the protection of VMs .
608Storage resource management
- Virtual hard disk formats.
- Dynamic management of VMFS volumes.
- VStorage API for Array Integration primitives.
- Update setting up storage profiles for VMs.
- Presentation and creation of Datastore Clusters.
- Setting up and configuring VMware Storage DRS.
- Work practices Implementing Storage DRS.
Clusters VMware DRS
- Detailed operation of VMware DRS.
- Setting up and configuring a DRS Cluster.
- Configuring VM affinity rules, DRS groups and DPM.
- Practical work Optimization of load and energy consumption via vSphere DRS.
VMware vCenter Linked Mode
- Centralized management of multiple vCenters.
- VMware vCenter Linked Mode prerequisites.
- Configuring VMware vCenter Linked Mode.
- Practical work Configuration, centralized management of vCenters.
609Deploying ESXi servers
- VMware Host Profile: maintaining ESXi compliance.
- Image Builder.
- Customized ESXi packaging.
- VMware Auto Deploy: automated deployment of ESXi.
- Practical work Deployment of ESXi servers with Host profiles and Auto Deploy.
VMware vSphere 5.5, Operations Manager, systems monitoring
★★★★★
- MR-153
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This course will teach you how to implement VCOM (vCenter Operations Manager) within a VMware vSphere 5.5 virtual infrastructure. You will see how to install and configure the product, set thresholds and create reports to detect system incidents using intelligent alerts.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install and configure vCenter Operations Manager (vCOM)
Understand how major and minor indicators work and the corresponding measures
Use metrics to determine the root cause of issues in a vSphere 5
5 environment
Manage hardware capacities and perform forecasting analyzes
Detect system incidents using alerts
612Training program
Virtual Infrastructure Overview
- Presentation of vCOM (vCenter Operations Manager) and the Operation Manager Suite solution.
- Positioning in the VMware ecosystem.
- Operations Manager architecture.
- License management.
- Integration into vSphere 5.
- 5 through the vSphere Web Client.
- Practical work r nPutting the vSphere infrastructure into operational conditions.
Installation et configuration
- System and virtual infrastructure prerequisites.
- Install and configure the product: vApp vCOM.
- Configuration tasks.
- Collect data from the vSphere environment.
- Practical work Installation and configuration of the vApp.
613Indicators
- Indicators: presentation and functions.
- The "Health status" indicator
- The "Risk" indicator.
- The "Efficiency" indicator.
- The role of minor or major indicators.
- The detailed view of the indicators.
- Configure the thresholds and notifications.
- Interpretation of results.
- Practical work Use of indicators.
- Interpretation of results.
Dashboards
- Detailed analysis of resources: "Operations".
- Capacity Planning: "Planning" view.
- Overall analysis of the operation of the environment : "Analysis" view.
- Dashboards: presentation and functions.
- Practical work Use of dashboards.
- Operation and handling of operational views.
614Alerts and reports
- Smart Alerts: presentation and configuration.
- Smart Alerts: navigation.
- Reports: presentation, configuration and creation.
- Reports: planning.
- Working with alerts, configuring and using alerts.
- Practical work Configuring custom alerts.
- Collecting data.
- Creating and planning the first reports.
Conclusion
- Monitoring and management of virtual resources in virtual infrastructures.
- Implementation: risks, limits and recommendations.
- Useful links and references.
VMware vSphere 5.1, troubleshooting
★★★★★
- MR-155
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course will teach you to use the tools and techniques to help you diagnose and resolve problems when using a VMware infrastructure. You will also see how to troubleshoot an ESX/ESXi server, identify and fix issues related to VMotion, HA and DRS.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Learn a troubleshooting methodology to diagnose and resolve VMware vSphere 5
1 server issues
Use the vSphere Web Client and vSphere Management Assistant to troubleshoot an ESX/ESXi server
Configure advanced network options and diagnose network problems
Identify and fix issues with VMware VMotion, HA, and DRS
Identify and correct problems related to the startup of Virtual Machines
617Training program
Problem solving methodology
- Overview of a method.
- Use “Technical Support” mode.
- Overview and deployment of vSphere Management Assistant (vMA).
- Configuring and administering vMA.
- Commands that you can use with vMA.
- Hands-on lab Use the vSphere Client and the vSphere Management Assistant to configure, diagnose, and resolve issues of an ESX/ESXi server.
Log file management
- Identification of the different vCenter, ESX and ESXi log files.
- Management of vCenter, ESX and ESXi logs (syslog and vilogger).
- Centralized log management with vMA.
- Generation of a log bundle for VMware support.
- Practical work Identify and manage VMware infrastructure logs.
Network Troubleshooting
- Troubleshooting issues on Standard Switches and DVS (Distributed Virtual Switches).
- ESXi administration network troubleshooting.
- Connectivity issues network of VMs.
- Practical work Configure advanced network options and diagnose network problems.
618Storage Troubleshooting
- Troubleshooting LUN connectivity.
- Troubleshooting Multipathing issues.
- Hands-on Storage-related diagnostics and troubleshooting.
Cluster Management
- Troubleshooting Cluster DRS and HA issues.
- Troubleshooting VMotion.
- Hands-on Identify and fix issues with VMware VMotion, HA and DRS.
Troubleshooting vCenter and ESXi
- Common vCenter server issues.
- Common ESXi issues.
- Implementing SSL certificates on the vCenter server, ESXi.
- Practical work Identify and resolve problems on ESXi.
- Implementation of SSH certificates under vSphere.
Troubleshooting Virtual Machines
- Virtual machine status issues.
- Troubleshooting VMware Tools installation issues.
- Troubleshooting snapshot issues.
- Troubleshooting VM startup problems.
- Practical work Identify and correct problems related to the startup of Virtual Machines.
VMware vSphere 5.0, installation, configuration et administration
★★★★★
- MR-156
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course will show you how to install and configure the components of a VMware vSphere 5 virtual infrastructure. You will learn to manage the virtual network, storage, resources, create, deploy and use virtual machines as well as administer, update, secure and safeguard the infrastructure.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install and configure VMware vSphere 5
0 virtual infrastructure components
Configure and manage the virtual network under vSphere
Configure, manage and optimize storage under VMware vSphere
Implement a Virtual Machine backup policy
Implement high availability
621Training program
Overview of virtual infrastructure and VMware vSphere 5
- The disadvantages of a physical machine.
- The advantages of virtualization.
- The main use cases.
- Presentation of VMware vSphere.
- Architecture of VMware vSphere 5.
- Components of VMware vSphere 5.
- License management.
622Installation/configuration de VMware ESXi et de vCenter 5
- VMware EXSi hypervisor specifications.
- Infrastructure sizing recommendations (CPU, memory, network.
- ).
- Installing an ESXi server.
- AutoDeploy and automated deployment.
- Method for booting an ESXi server.
- Configuring an ESXi server.
- Prerequisites for installing vCenter 5.
- The vCenter server: communication between ESXi and vCenter.
- Deployment of the vCenter 5 Appliance.
- Installation of vCenter Server 5 and inventory management.
- Practical work Install and configure an ESXi server.
- Install vCenter 5.
623Infrastructure management: network, storage and access security
- The network under vSphere: vNetwork Standard Switch management.
- Advanced network configuration (security, traffic and teaming management).
- Advanced vSwitch configuration, the Port Group.
- Storage management: vStorage.
- The different storage protocols.
- Fiber Channel SAN, iSCSI SAN, NFS.
- Manage Datastores.
- Deploy and administer the VMware Virtual Storage appliance.
- Security access to the infrastructure.
- Configure and administer the firewall in ESXi.
- Use Lockdown Mode.
- Integrate ESXi with Active Directory.
- Securing access: roles and permissions.
- Practical work Configure network and storage elements.
624Management of Virtual Machines (VM)
- Elements making up a virtual machine (VM).
- Creation of a new VM.
- Creation and management of Templates.
- Cloning virtual machines.
- Virtual hardware management: Thin Provisioning, VMDirectPath.
- Virtual machine snapshots, management interface and Snapshot Manager.
- Cold migration of a VM.
- Raw Device Mapping (RDM).
- Management of virtual machines and Virtual Appliance (vApp).
- Practical work Create VMs and Templates.
- Clone a virtual machine (VM).
Virtual Datacenter Scalability
- VMware VMotion feature overview.
- VMware Storage VMotion feature overview.
- Managing a Distributed Resource Scheduler (DRS) Cluster.
- Configuring Enhanced VMotion Compatibility (EVC).
- Managing Distributed Power Management (DPM).
625Operational safety
- High availability and service continuity.
- The architecture and operation of the HA Cluster.
- Management of a VMware High Availability (HA) Cluster.
- The process of protecting a virtual machine (VM).
- The role of the members of the Cluster (the Master Agent, the slave agent).
- The different cases of triggering HA.
- Activation of the vSphere HA functionality.
- VM fault tolerance with VMware Fault Tolerance (FT).
- The different technologies related to VM backup.
- Presentation of vStorage API.
- Backing up VMs with VMware Data Recovery.
- Resource distribution: DRS and DPM .
- Practical work Implement high availability and a VM backup policy.
626Supplements
- Updating the virtual infrastructure.
- Installing vCenter Update Manager and managing updates.
- Virtualizing a physical machine.
- Installing vCenter Converter.
- VMware vCenter Converter.
VMware vSphere 5.0, optimization and advanced administration
★★★★★
- MR-157
- 5 Days (35 Hours)
Description
This course will show you how to optimize and implement the advanced features of VMware vSphere 5. Optimize the configuration of VMs, identify problems related to CPU, memory, network and storage performance. Set up “Distributed Switches” and use their advanced features.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand CPU, memory, network and storage resource allocation
Optimize the configuration of VMs in a vSphere 5
0 environment
Identify key CPU, memory, network, and storage performance issues
Set up Distributed Switches and use their advanced features
Improve the deployment and configuration of ESXi servers
629Training program
Performance
- Performance factors in a virtual environment.
- Performance monitoring with vCenter and resxtop.
- Practical work Performance visualization with vMA and resxtop, the client vSphere.
vSphere Management Assistant (vMA)
- Deploy, configure, administer vMA.
- Esxcli, vicfg commands.
- Access ESXi using SHELL and SSH.
- The log files (ESXi, vCenter server).
- Centralize logs with vMA.
Les Distributed Virtual Switches (dvSwitch)
- Creation, configuration and management.
- Migration of standard virtual switches.
- Network configuration using command lines.
- Understand NetFlow and Port Mirroring.
- Private VLANs.
- QoS with Network I/O Control.
630Network performance
- Set up a network traffic analyzer.
- The features of network adapters.
- Monitor network performance metrics.
- Troubleshoot network performance issues.
Storage access, performance and scalability
- Storage performance factors (protocols, VMFS, Load Balancing).
- Identify and troubleshoot key storage performance issues.
- Configure Multipathing storage.
- Understanding VAAI and VASA storage drivers.
- Using storage profiles for VMs.
- Datastore Clusters.
- Configuring Storage DRS and Storage IO Control.
Deployment, optimized server management
- Maintain compliance and deploy ESXi with VMware Host Profile.
- Centralized management of multiple vCenters with VMware vCenter Linked Mode.
- Image Builder: create an image 'ESXi installation.
- vSphere Auto Deploy: deploy ESXi hosts.
631Processor and memory performance
- CPU Scheduler features.
- Monitor CPU resources, memory related metrics.
- CPU performance issues.
- Memory.
- Memory management techniques on an ESXi.
Performance of VMs and Clusters
- Performance at the DRS Cluster level, resource pools, resource allocation settings.
- Troubleshoot startup problems with virtual machines, DRS Clusters and HA.
VMware Horizon View 5.3, workstation management installation, configuration and administration
★★★★★
- MR-158
- 4 Days (28 Hours)
Description
This course will teach you how to deploy custom virtual desktops with VMware View. It will show you how to implement the components of this solution (VMware View Manager, View Composer, ThinApp) and how to administer a fleet of virtual machines without forgetting the security of the environment.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install and configure the different VMware View 5
3 components
Deploy virtualized desktops
Manage user profiles
Secure the VMware View environment
Use ThinApp to virtualize applications
634Training program
VMware View Overview
- Components related to a VMware View infrastructure.
- VMware View product licenses.
Setting up the VMware View infrastructure
- Installation, configuration of ESXi and vCenter servers.
- Network and storage architecture for VMware View.
- VMware View: virtual machines, features.
- Presentation of VMware VMotion, DRS and HA.
- Practical work Install, configure VMware View.
VMware View Connection Server
- Prerequisites and installation of the connection broker.
- Performance and redundancy.
- Practical work Configure View Connection Server.
VMware View virtual desktops
- Configuration, optimization of virtual workstations.
- Display protocols: RDP, PCoIP.
- Using local mode: View Client Local Mode, VMware View Transfer Server .
- Practical work Deploy virtualized workstations.
635VMware View client components
- The VMware View client, Thin client.
- VMware Blast: HTML access to workstations.
- Unity Touch: access from mobile devices.
- Virtual Printing.
- Practical work Access virtual desktops.
VMware View Administrator
- View Administrator configuration.
- Session management and user access policy.
- Administrative delegation.
- Online administration commands, the vdmadmin utility.
- Kiosk Mode Description.
- Backing up and restoring VMware View.
- Securing remote connections, View Security server, View Replica and Load Balancing server.
- Practical work Administer and secure the fleet.
636VMware View Desktop Pools
- Manual, automated workstation pools.
- Terminal Services Pools.
- Application virtualization: ThinApp, management of ThinApp applications with View Administrator.
- User profiles with View Persona Management.
- Practical work Managing user profiles.
- Using ThinApp to virtualize applications.
Related clones
- View Composer: features, installation.
- Linked Clones: concepts.
- Deployment of workstations in linked clones.
- Management of linked clones: recompose, refresh, rebalance.
- Managing persistent disks.
- Practical work Using Linked Clones.
VMware Workstation 12, administration
★★★★★
- MR-159
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
In this course, you will implement virtual platforms (VM). You will learn how to install, administer VMs and operate several operating systems on the user station. You will also use the Workstation “Server” features to share VMs with other users.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Install the VMware Workstation 12 component Create and administer virtual machines in a VMware Workstation environment Understand the implementation and management of different types of network connections Duplicate virtual machines using linked clone technology Use VMware Scripting
638639Training program
Implementing VMware Workstation
- VMware virtualization technology.
- VMware product overview.
- VMware Workstation overview.
- Use cases for VMware Workstation.
- Prerequisites for installing VMware Workstation.
- Feature: roles and permissions, automated start of Virtual Machines.
- Practical work Installation of VMware Workstation.
- Implementing advanced features.
Administration of virtual machines
- Virtual hardware of a virtual machine.
- Installation of an operating system (OS) in a virtual machine.
- VMware Tools.
- Virtual hardware management.
- Advanced virtual machine options.
- Practical work Create and administer VMs in a VMware Workstation environment.
640Network management
- The Bridge network, NAT, Host Only.
- Advanced options: bandwidth limitation.
- VM groups and LAN Segment.
- Advanced network options: bandwidth limitation.
- Practical work Implementation and management of different types of network connections.
Virtual machine security management
- Encryption of virtual machines.
- Application of user restrictions.
- Practical work Implementing security.
VMware Workstation Server functionality
- Sharing virtual machines.
- Automated startup of virtual machines.
- Managing roles and permissions.
- Practical work r nUse the
Backup, restore and cloning
- Backing up and restoring virtual machines.
- Advantage and disadvantage of OVF export.
- Creating and managing a VM snapshot.
- Cloning: complete of a VM, linked of a VM.
- Practical work Duplicate virtual machines using linked clone technology.
641VMware Converter, API et scripting
- Conversion of a physical machine to a virtual machine (VMware Converter).
- VMware VIX API.
- Contents of the installation package.
- Practical work Using VMware Scripting.
Virtual machine clustering
- How clusters work.
- Implementing VM clusters with VMware Workstation.
VMware, administration Workstation et Server
★★★★★
- MR-160
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This training will teach you how to implement virtualization solutions with VMware Player/Workstation and VMware Server (ex-GSX). She will show you how to conceptualize and implement virtual platforms for the consolidation of your IT systems.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
643644Training program
Introduction
- VMware product overview.
- Workstation, Server and ESX.
- Architectures.
Virtualization on workstations
- VMware Workstation and VMware Player product.
- Creating virtual machines and installing the Host system.
- Using virtual machines with VMware Open disk manipulation tools Source.
- Creation of groups of VMs (virtual machines).
- Network management: bridge, NAT, host only and tailor-made configuration.
- Advantages and characteristics of this network configuration.
- Practical work Install VMware Workstation, Player and VMware Tools.
- Creating VMs, network configuration.
645Server virtualization with VMware Server
- VMware Server (GSX) overview.
- Architecture.
- Administrative interface.
- Remote Console tool.
- Support for multiprocessor architectures.
- Creation of virtual machines and templates.
- Network support options.
- Possibility of fault tolerance with VMware and support.
- Practical work Install VMware Server, a VM and an OS.
VMware Server Usage Scenario
- VMware Converter, P2V migration tools.
- Use cases for virtual machines.
- Setting up complex system infrastructures, setting up Clusters.
- Manipulating host machine disks outside of VMware.
- Practical work Using VMware Converter.
- Creating a cluster between VMs.
646Backups and restoration
- Backup and restoration of virtual machines.
- Cloning scenarios.
- Usage and implementation.
- Practical work Backup and restoring VMs.
API et scripting
- VMware scripting API.
- Implementation.
- Usage tips.
- Hands-on Install, use VIX APIs to start a VM.
Function monitoring
- Monitoring VMware operation.
- Monitoring virtual machine operation.
- Practical work Monitor activity.
Introduction à VMware ESX
- ESX architecture.
- Characteristics.
- Fundamental differences with VMware Server.
- Installation.
- Setup of virtual machines.
Inbound Marketing: converting your prospects into customers
★★★★★
- MR-163
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This course will show you how to convert visitors to your site into qualified leads and then customers. He will introduce you to new marketing concepts and processes that will allow you to generate more traffic to your e-commerce site.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Master the performance levers of digital marketing Integrate social networks into your inbound marketing strategy Manage and measure the performance of your inbound marketing strategy Optimize your mobile marketing
648649Training program
Take inventory
- Key data and figures.
- Web marketing strategies.
Inbound Marketing: a new marketing
- New consumer needs and behaviors.
- From Outbound Marketing to Inbound Marketing.
- Ten benchmarks for Inbound Marketing.
- The importance of content.
- Six steps to a successful strategy.
- Inbound Marketing in BtoB and BtoC.
- Exchanges Identify Inbound Marketing in your business.
650Linking digital to marketing objectives
- Create awareness.
- Generate leads.
- Convert leads into qualified contacts and then customers.
- Improve service performance customer.
- Knowing how to build loyalty.
- Marketing permission: at the heart of the strategy.
- The keys to a good strategy.
- Bring prospects into the world of the brand.
- Collective reflection Pair reflection workshop: strategies in different companies.
The recommendation and community strategy
- Brand Ambassadors.
- The right influencers.
- Tribal Marketing.
- Exchanges Video illustrating the reason for being of Tribal Marketing.
651Performance levers
- Blog: write quality articles.
- SEM = SEO + SEA + (SMO).
- Use and mix social networks.
- Community Management.
- Behavioral retargeting.
- From Facebook to the website.
- Manage your cross-channel strategy.
- Study case Community strategy of a site.
The consumer customer
- Call to Action: encourage Internet users to click.
- Behavior of new consumers.
- Evangelize through the provision of redistributable content.
- Lead Nurturing and Marketing Automation.
- Influencer marketing process.
652M-communication
- Main principles.
- State of play.
- Applications with high customer benefit: best practices.
- Develop your media strategy on mobile.
- Demonstration Applications with high customer benefit.
Analyze and measure performance
- Define the right indicators.
- Dashboard.
- Performance measurement tools.
- Exercise Build a dashboard edge.
Design and implement a marketing strategy
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Developing a marketing strategy consistent with the company's objectives requires mastery of numerous skills, including business portfolio management, reconciling marketing and strategic segmentations, positioning ranges, as well as the use of 'decision support tools.
Who is this training for ?
For whomExecutives in charge of the marketing strategy of their business unit, business leaders, marketing directors, marketing managers, product managers, sales directors, communications.

Basic knowledge of marketing.
Training objectives
At the end of the training, participants will have acquired the necessary skills to:
- Develop a strategic diagnosis
- Apply decision support matrices and tools
- Assess the competitive environment
- Target business portfolios
- Create value
655Training program
Business strategy and marketing strategy
- Replace strategic marketing in the overall marketing demand.
- The project, mission and objectives of the company.
- Strategic choices and orientations of the 'company: consistency, reference framework, results indicators.
The strategic diagnosis
- Situation diagnosis: approach, key principles.
- Identification of the environment: internal and external analysis.
- Exercise: Carrying out a strategic diagnosis based on a case study.
Decision support tools
- Decision support matrices (Mac Kinsey, ADL, Porter.
- ).
- B to B tools: RMC and RCA.
- Exercise: Exercises using decision support matrices and tools.
Strategic segmentation
- Manage marketing segmentation and strategic segmentation.
- The definition of DAS.
Competitive strategies
- Evaluate the competitive environment.
- Porter's model, cost domination, differentiation, segmentation.
- Kotler's contributions (leader, challenger, follower , specialist).
- Case study Based on a scenario analysis of the main competitors on the market.
656Business portfolio strategies
- Simplifying models: BCG, Arthur D.
- Little.
- Using a complex model: the attractions-assets grid.
- The Ansoff matrix.
- Exercise: Work on a BCG and Ansoff matrix.
Positioning and value creation
- Positioning and brand value: notions of distinctive competence, brand image and customer value.
- Perceived value, desired value.
- Scenarios and projects towards operational plans.
- Exercise: Exercise: positioning and creating value for a range of products and services of a company.
The keys to marketing
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
During this internship, you will define the main concepts in order to better understand the challenges of marketing and marketers. You will see how to integrate the marketing approach into the company's performance strategy and how to analyze the functioning, language and tools of marketing.
Who is this training for ?
For whomAll company executives and employees wishing to learn about marketing and understand its fundamental principles and tools.

None.
Training objectives
Acquire the fundamental concepts of marketing
Define your marketing approach
Establish your internal and external marketing diagnosis using specific tools
Define the marketing strategy and its product positioning
Build and optimize your marketing mix
Develop the plan marketing and define monitoring indicators
659Training program
Define your marketing approach
- Definition of marketing and its scope: BtoB, BtoC, services.
- Possible confusion with sales, product management, communication, advertising, relationships customer.
- The different stages of the marketing approach: market, needs, products and services, segmentation.
- The different marketing logics: the product, need, market trilogy.
- Potential conflicts with production, research and development, finances.
- New marketing concepts: data mining, mobile marketing, buzz marketing, cobranding, virtual communities.
- The different types of marketing: strategic, operational, product, relational, one to one, interactive.
- Marketing plans: strategic, business plan, operational, commercial action plan.
- Exercise: Quiz to learn the main concepts of marketing.
660Carry out your marketing diagnosis
- Internal diagnosis: company identity sheet, analysis of skills and functions.
- Portfolio analysis: Pareto and BCG models.
- Choice of differentiated strategies.
- Formulation of the main internal issues.
- External diagnosis: analysis of the company's environment and its developments with the PESTEL model.
- Analysis of the supply and the overall market.
- Study of the competition: classification of competitors, Porter's 5+1 forces, Benchmarking.
- Analysis of the demand and the customer behavior.
- Distinction between BtoC and BtoB marketing.
- Synthesis of internal and external analysis: SWOT Analysis.
- Strengths, weaknesses, opportunities , threats.
- Contribution of information sources: documentary studies, marketing, panels, satisfaction, usage tests, audience.
- Case study Construction of a SWOT analysis from a given business context.
661Develop your marketing strategy and choose your markets
- Defining objectives using the SMART method by pair, product, segment.
- Strategy models: Igor Ansoff, Mac Kinsey, Porter.
- Attractiveness of a market and the company's strengths.
- Choice of product/market pairs.
- BtoC and BtoB segmentation criteria.
- RFM segmentation : Recency, Frequency, Amount.
- Actions: segments to invest in, develop, maintain, abandon.
- Targeting strategies: undifferentiation, differentiation, concentration.
- Product positioning: definition, criteria and opportunities.
- Construction of a conceptual map or mapping.
- Product positioning methodology.
- Case study Development of a positioning mapping based on a given case.
- Group correction.
662Building your marketing mix: consistency and optimization
- Product: the value trilogy of use, sign, appeal.
- The three dimensions of the product.
- Criteria for evaluating product quality .
- Cycle and life curve of the product.
- Range and product lines.
- The different types of brand.
- Price : the factors that influence the price.
- Demand and elasticity coefficients.
- Acceptability price or psychological price.
- Estimation of the acceptable price.
- Calculation of the break-even point or break-even point.
- Competitive study.
- Place: choose your distribution channel.
- Establish the distribution contract.
- Promotion: advertising, sales promotion, direct marketing, e-marketing, street marketing.
- Sports sponsorship, patronage.
- Development of 'a communication: define the targets, evaluate the budget.
- Brief to an agency: points of vigilance.
- Calculation of return on investment.
- Communication electronics: the different tools.
- The other Ps: People, Evidence, Process.
- Case study Construction of a mix in subgroups.
- Presentation.
663Build the marketing plan and dashboards
- Development of the marketing plan and action monitoring indicators.
- Annual operational plan and the commercial action plan.
- Action planning.
- Operational implementation.
- Monitoring and control.
- Dashboards: indicators, selective distribution, responsible, format, explanation of deviations.
- Action plans per client.
- Projected operating account.
- .
- Sale of your plan internally.
- Exercise: From a case, build the structure of the launch plan and its internal communication.
- Final quiz to review and validate what you have learned.
Integrate new marketing trends into your strategy
★★★★★
- MR-166
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This course provides a complete overview of the most recent advances in marketing and its main developments. Using examples and effective operational tools, you will understand how to integrate new practices into your marketing approach.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Know the new marketing concepts
Integrate mobile and tablet marketing into your strategy
Understand recent developments and impacts of Web marketing
Optimize your social media marketing strategy
666Training program
New marketing strategies in a changing environment
- Synthesis of new attitudes and innovative solutions.
- Rise of remote value creation models.
- Bases of the new Brand-Consumer dialogue: ATAWAD, SOLOMO, ROPO .
- Big Data and connected objects serving strategy and customer experience.
- 3D printing and tailor-made consumption.
- Intrapreneurs and agility .
- Case study Based on a given scenario, understand and become familiar with new marketing concepts.
667Mobile marketing innovations
- Uses and expectations regarding mobile applications: developing interaction with "smartphone users".
- Mobiles and tablets: from immediate marketing to that of experience.
- Marketing opportunities: geolocation, personalization, cross-channel.
- Innovations in situational marketing.
- Geolocation: innovations in situational marketing.
- Mobile applications vs mobile sites: the golden rules.
- Mobile commerce (NFC technology): challenges and development prospects.
- Use of barcodes (RFID , QR Code.
- ).
- Practical work Integrate mobile marketing into your strategy.
- Define courses of action.
668Web marketing and branded digital platforms
- Customer strategies to attract, convert, retain loyalty.
- CRM, datamining.
- .
- Panorama of SEO and affiliation techniques .
- Developments in online advertising: keywords, capping and contextual advertising.
- New developments in email communication.
- Social media and marketing interactive.
- General and professional social networks: Facebook, Google+, Viadeo, Linkedin.
- Blogging and micro-blogging platforms.
- Content sharing platforms and impact of image and video: Dailymotion, Youtube.
- Collective reflection Study of competition and innovative web marketing approaches practiced in different sectors of activity.
Social media: winning strategies
- Engagement marketing.
- New customer decision process Social media: the 4Ps.
- The brand becomes its own social network.
- Exercise: Developing a social media presence strategy.
Mastering image marketing
★★★★★
- MR-167
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
The increasing use of visuals and images in communication media has given rise to a new marketing discipline. This training will allow you to understand the importance of “Picture Marketing” and to know its uses, rules and best practices.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand the advantages of image marketing in your communication strategy
Know the uses and good practices in terms of Picture Marketing
Optimize your images and visuals in your communication, particularly on social networks
Master the regulations around image marketing use of images and copyright
671Training program
The use of visuals in communication
- The importance of visuals in society and communication: from selfies to brand communication.
- The definition of Picture Marketing.
- Social networks, kingdom of the image: Facebook, Twitter, Pinterest, Instagram, Tumblr.
- The use of images in other communication media.
- Exchanges Mind-mapping of different communication media using the image as a pillar of the communication strategy.
Understanding the levers of image marketing
- Create engagement and affinity for the brand.
- Promote sharing and virality.
- Develop awareness, e-reputation .
- Storytelling, telling a story around the brand.
- The latest innovations in Picture Marketing.
- Case study A based on a case study, define the main axes of an image marketing strategy.
672Optimize your images
- Which images for which communication? Focus on social networks.
- Identify and select images by their symbolism: color, visual.
- Choose the right formats and resolutions depending on the media.
- Know the specificities of visuals on the Internet.
- Know how to retouch your visuals.
- Aim for consistency in the graphic charter.
- Practical work Select relevant images adapted to different communication media.
Rights to use and share images
- Understand copyright legislation: creation of images, retouching, use, sharing.
- Know the specificities of the use of visuals on the Internet.
- Overview of image banks and explanations of how they work.
- Collective reflection Establish in a subgroup a checklist on the checks to be carried out before using an image.
Measuring the performance of image marketing
- Implement evaluation tools.
- Define the indicators of your "Picture Marketing".
- Measure and adapt your strategy according to the defined objectives .
- Exchanges Collective reflection on the issue of ROI (return on investment) versus ROA (return on attention).
Viral marketing: create buzz and profit from it
★★★★★
- MR-168
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to understand and apply the techniques and methods of viral marketing on the Internet. She will show you how to create buzz around your products, use the appropriate media to disseminate information and turn your customers into “ambassadors” for your brand.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand the mechanics of viral marketing
Launch a viral marketing campaign
Transform your customers into brand ambassadors
Manage a campaign and estimate its impact
675Training program
State of play of e-Marketing
- From Web 1.
- 0 to Web 3.
- 0: key figures and evolution of strategies.
- Definitions: buzz, rumor, virality, influencers.
- Propagation: at the heart of Web strategies.
- Participatory marketing: Crowdfunding and User Generated Content.
Understand the issues of buzz and viral marketing
- Definition and key principles of viral marketing.
- Reposit your brand DNA.
- Understand new consumer needs and behaviors.
- Discover the benefits of buzz.
- Practical work Exchanges and feedback.
Understanding buzz marketing: campaign types and objectives
- Define your objectives: image, notoriety, acquisition, loyalty, performance.
- Know the different existing techniques: from newsletters to social games.
- Generate and convert leads into customers.
- Improve customer service performance and build consumer loyalty.
- Case study Analysis of different Success Stories.
676Put “Customer Permission” at the heart of your strategy
- Know the keys to a good strategy: desire, seduction and permission.
- Bring prospects into the brand's world.
- Move to marketing of influence in the creation of living communities.
- Identify your interlocutors: ambassadors, influencers, opinion leaders and trendsetters.
Know the tools and understand viral mechanics
- Know the specificities of video marketing.
- Accelerate propagation: Like, Share, Forward to a friend, Retweet.
- Transform customers into
- Anticipate and react to Bad Buzz.
- Case studyrnAnalysis of different viral marketing campaigns.
Develop the mix for a viral campaign and measure its performance
- Choose the concept adapted to the context and objectives.
- Choose the technique appropriate to the brand, products and targets.
- Define the campaign plan: stages, planning.
- Know the tools for measuring performance and ROI, define your KPIs and performance indicators.
- Practical work Planning of a viral campaign and construction of a dashboard.
The marketing manager's toolbox
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training presents the tools and methods of strategic analysis to help marketing managers develop an effective marketing approach. It allows you to understand how to implement a marketing plan, to manage the activity and to control the results with relevant indicators. All these tools and methods will be presented in this training.
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing director. marketing manager.

No special knowledge.
Training objectives
- Identify the role and missions of the marketing manager
- Analyze the environment and make a market diagnosis
- Use segmentation and positioning tools
- Master the marketing mix
- Integrate commercial tools
679Training program
The new profession and scope of the marketing manager
- The evolving role of the marketing manager.
- The customer-oriented company.
- Segmentation strategies.
- A hyper-environment competitive: stand out.
- The new marketing trends.
- From consultancy sales to purchasing sales.
- Exchanges The new marketing trends .
Strategic analysis and diagnostic tools
- SWOT and the Porter, Ansoff, Mc Kinsey matrices.
- The marketing information system.
- Qualitative and quantitative studies.
- From listening to active listening.
- Competitive monitoring and environmental analysis.
- The CRM tool.
- Exercise: Developing your SWOT matrix.
Segmentation and positioning tools
- Analysis and needs/segment evaluation grid.
- The added value of the offer.
- Positioning mapping.
680Offer mix tools
- The lifespan of the product/service.
- The added value of the offer.
- The specifications.
- Tests.
- Brand policy: safe haven brands.
Communication mix tools
- The communication plan.
- The network of communication correspondents.
- Identify the territories, define the profile, organize meetings.
- Communication dashboards: indicators.
- Results-oriented communication.
- Exercise: Build your communication plan.
Price mix tools
- The elasticity of demand.
- The price level and pricing.
- The yield to "boost" its occupancy rate.
- Sectors where yield can be used.
681Distribution mix tools
- The various distribution channels.
- Merchandising.
- Trade marketing.
- Category management.
- Exercise: Develop your marketing mix.
Sales force tools
- The commercial action plan (PAC).
- Sales support tools.
- Six customer motivations or the Soncas/APB.
- Exercise: Sales support tools relevant in every environment.
Adopt and develop a viable Low Cost strategy, the key success factors
★★★★★
- MR-180
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Low Cost creates new leaders and pushes historical players to transform. This training will present to you the advantages of a Low Cost strategy, it will allow you to rethink its marketing and will highlight the key success factors of this type of strategy.
Who is this training for ?
For whomProduct, market, group manager and marketing manager wishing to specialize or anyone moving towards a marketing function.

None
Training objectives
Define a viable Low Cost strategy
Lead the adoption of the Low Cost model in your company
Resist the arrival of a Low Cost competitor
Draw inspiration from key success factors to implement and launch a strategy Low Cost
Strengthen its capacity for innovation to achieve its objectives
Integrate the Internet into the development of a Low Cost strategy
684Training program
The benefit of a Low Cost strategy
- Understand consumer change.
- Support a Low Cost approach by simplifying your offering.
- Take inspiration from the application of Low Cost to some sectors.
- Discern the disruptive innovation at the heart of the Low Cost model.
- Know the fundamental principles.
- Examine the criticisms of this model.
- Collective reflection Comparison between a classic Business Model and a Low Cost.
Rethink your marketing mix through the prism of Low Cost
- Break the rules of the game of existing models.
- Inventory the characteristics of the Low Cost product or service.
- Analyze Low Cost pricing systems.
- Think about Low Cost distribution methods.
- Communicate in the time of Low Cost.
- Gather favorable conditions for the implementation of Low Cost in a market .
- Case study The marketing mix of historical players in the Low Cost model.
685Facing the arrival of a Low Cost competitor on your market
- Ask the right questions and consider recourse.
- Retaliate by countering the new player on its own ground.
- Organize around a subsidiary full share.
- Improve the value proposition of your product/service.
- Satisfy the expressed needs of customers.
- Project yourself into the near future and anticipate new Low Cost opportunities.
- Collective reflection How to create value against a Low Cost competitor?
The key success factors of a Low Cost strategy
- Attract the customer's attention immediately.
- Develop a radically low price offer.
- Focus on the essentials in terms of the products/services offered.
- Set up an alternative distribution method.
- Learn the art of generating "free media" for your communication.
- Establish an organization agile and short.
- Identify the keys to low cost business success.
- Practical work Rethink your offer and your marketing mix according to the rules that an actor must respect Low cost to succeed.
Design your brand strategy
★★★★★
- MR-170
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
A strong brand strengthens a company's relationship with its customers and helps create value. This training will show you how to design and implement a successful brand strategy.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Define the constituent elements of the brand
Understand the relationship of consumers to the brand
Determine the target and the identity of the brand
Make your brand identity visible
688Training program
Identify brand functions for the business
- Definition and main constituent elements of the brand name: words, pseudonyms, letters, numbers, acronyms.
- An element of functional and symbolic differentiation.
- A tool of value creation.
- An instrument for building consumer loyalty.
- Practical work Analysis of the values of a brand through its advertisements.
Understand the relationship between the brand and the customer
- The guarantee function: the notion of trust, labels.
- The identification function: brand image and recognition by the consumer.
- L emotional attachment of the consumer to the brand: loyalty, repeat purchases, role of prescriber.
- The emergence of brand communities: consumer clubs, social networks.
- Work practices Analysis of brand/consumer relationships.
Building a strong brand
- Move from business strategy to brand strategy.
- Identify the target audience: segmentation criteria, targeting policy.
- Define its brand identity: DNA, personality, meaning and positioning of the brand.
- Develop the notoriety and image of your brand: the concepts of salience and resonance.
- Elaborate the platform of its brand: DNA, value, target, positioning.
- Practical work Identify the target and brand identity of a range of products.
689Express your brand identity
- Enhance the name of your brand and its qualities: capitalize on its strong points.
- Optimize the signs of brand recognition: the logo, the graphic charter, the signature, the slogans .
- Develop 360° communication: on-line and off-line.
- Brand architecture and extension: product brand, range brand, umbrella brand, brand -caution.
- Brand alliance: co-branding and licensing.
- Practical work Analyze the signage components of several brands.
Market Research Techniques
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Market research techniques are used to guide marketing decisions and reduce risk taking. This training will give you the keys to determining the type of study that meets your needs, implementing it and using the results.
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing managers, product managers or anyone involved in the implementation of market research.

None
Training objectives
Write your specifications based on the different studies
Determine sources for literature reviews
Mastery of qualitative and quantitative study methodologies
Build customer satisfaction studies and test offers
692Training program
Diagnose a need for study
- Situate the study within the marketing approach: issues and objectives.
- Identify the context and the information to be collected.
- Know how to translate marketing objectives into hypotheses.
- Know the constituent elements of the market.
- Identify the most appropriate type of study.
- The overview of the different types of study: documentaries, advertising hoc, subscription studies.
- Structure your brief or specifications: context, objectives, sample, methodology, constraints, budget.
- Practical work Case study.
- Exercise: writing a brief and returning it to the participants.
Documentary studies
- Identify internal sources: feedback from salespeople, databases, listening to customers.
- Identify external sources: databases, Internet monitoring, existing studies.
- Practical work Tips for finding free information on the Internet.
- Feedback.
693Qualitative studies
- Master the key concepts of a qualitative study: triad, focus group, bulletin boards, observation.
- The types of information to collect.
- The information collection methodologies.
- Developing the interview guide.
- Analyzing the results.
- Case studyr nBased on specifications, identify the best study methodology to implement.
- Defend your choice to the client.
Quantitative studies
- Information collection methodologies.
- Developing the questionnaire: wording and types of questions, response scales.
- Mastering the rules construction.
- Testing and validation of the questionnaire.
- Coding and use of statistics.
- Sampling: random and non-random methods , strata and quotas, sample size.
- The main techniques for processing the results: flat sorting, cross tables.
- The exploitation and restitution of the results.
- Exercise: Constructing a questionnaire based on a case study.
694Other types of studies
- Manage and develop your satisfaction-loyalty survey tools.
- Handle the specificities: BtoB, on event,
- Understand and measure your reputation and image.
- Test your new product offerings, services and solutions.
- Practical work: Creation or optimization of study systems.
Lead a Benchmarking project
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Benchmarking is an essential innovation lever for any company. This training will allow you to understand this technique not only as a comparative analysis method, but also as a management tool. You will discover the best practices in this area.
Who is this training for ?
For whomProject manager in charge of implementing benchmarking, product manager, marketing and sales manager, consultant.

This training does not require any special skills.
Training objectives
At the end of the training, the participant will be able to:
Identify the different types of benchmarking
Write the project specifications
List the sources of information and partners
Analyze the data collected
Communicate good practices to the teams
697Training program
Identify the challenges of benchmarking
- Definitions and associated concepts.
- A tool for competitiveness.
- Different types of benchmarking: competitive, internal, functional, generic, strategic.
- Comparative study.
- Fields of application (Production, Logistics, Management, Marketing, Sales.
- ).
- Actions on costs or deadlines.
- Exercise: Reflection on the different types of benchmarking.
698Master the benchmarking approach
- The different methods.
- Benchmarking with direct competitors.
- Internal, external, function-oriented benchmarking.
- The conditions of success.
- The four phases and ten steps of the process.
- Clearly identify the problems and dysfunctions in your business.
- Set the framework for benchmarking.
- Establish the specifications.
- Choose the companies.
- Define performance indicators.
- Practical work The participants write and present the specifications of the benchmarking project.
Carry out the benchmarking project
- Appoint the project manager, set up a dedicated team.
- Choose your partners.
- Identify sources of information (Internet, specialized press).
- Set up a steering committee.
- Practical work In subgroups, identify the relevant sources of information on the case presented.
699Use the data collected
- Analyze performance and measure gaps.
- Identify the causes of non-performance.
- Identify effective data and practices.
- Analyze the data collected.
- Set future performance levels.
- Identify areas for improvement.
- Develop an action and evaluation plan .
- Set up an improvement monitoring table.
- Case study Identify the causes of non-performance based on the data collected.
- Build an action and evaluation plan.
Transpose best practices
- Communicate internally on the results based on performance monitoring tables.
- Validate their operational deployment with the teams.
- Drive change.
- Practical work Build communication with internal teams and obtain their support.
Launch an online marketing study
★★★★★
- MR-173
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training will introduce you to the specificities of Online studies. It will also show you how to carry out this type of study, how to make them both quantitative and qualitative and finally it will allow you to estimate the corresponding budgets.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Identify the different types of online marketing studies and their areas of application
Judging the advisability of launching an online marketing study
Understanding all the budgetary, technical and qualitative elements
Understanding all the budgetary, technical and qualitative elements
Implementing implement appropriate methods and use appropriate tools
702Training program
Know the specificities of online marketing studies
- The marketing approach: from market knowledge to the definition of the marketing mix.
- The usefulness of marketing studies in decision-making.
- The typology of marketing studies: ad hoc studies, subscription studies.
- The differences in methods, the foundations and the stages of implementing an online studyrnThe importance of studies online in France: history, figures.
- The ethical principles to respect in an online study.
- Practical work rnStudy of a marketing problem requiring a study and evaluation of the
Carry out quantitative online studies
- Ad hoc studies: the studies favored, discarded, the targets retained.
- Constitute the sampling frame and set quotas.
- Design, test, program and send a questionnaire.
- Analyze, use, restore and interpret the results of quantitative online studies.
- Know the particularities of access panels, vertical panels, proprietary panels.
- Practical work Design of an online questionnaire.
703Implement qualitative online studies
- Analyze online discourse: forums, Facebook pages.
- Set up synchronous online focus groups.
- Manage asynchronous web platforms: the Bulletin Board.
- Set up nominal groups.
- Carry out individual semi-structured interviews.
- Analyze, exploit, restore and interpret the results of qualitative online studies .
- Case study Design of a methodology for setting up a Bulletin Board.
Undertake online marketing studies
- Understand the factors for developing online studies.
- Remove possible obstacles to carrying out online studies.
- Estimate the budget for quantitative and online studies qualitative.
- Practical work Request for quote and estimate of the cost of an online study.
Succeed in your operational marketing with the right action levers
★★★★★
- MR-174
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Approach trends and operational marketing plans in a fun way (4P matrix, SWOT). Know how to set up advertising and event communications campaigns. Creativity and direct marketing tools (mailing, SMS, mobile TV, couponing, Internet referencing, etc.). Development of arguments and choice of indicators.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Build an operational marketing plan Develop a direct marketing campaign Distribute your communication in different media Write sales support materials Measure actions
705706Training program
The scope of operational marketing
- Marketing trends: appropriate the notions of buzz, street marketing, viral, tribal marketing.
- The different plans: operational, strategic marketing, communication, commercial action plan .
- Exercise: Brainstorming and quizzes to immerse yourself in different concepts in a fun way.
Succeed in the operational marketing plan
- The stages of the operational marketing plan.
- Market analysis: competition, analysis tools.
- Strategy: segmentation, targeting, positioning.
- Define and implement the marketing mix (4P): product, price, place, promotion.
- Case study Construction of a SWOT (Strengths), Weaknesses, Opportunities, Threats and an operational marketing plan.
Communication and promotion tools
- The key points of an advertising campaign: copy strategy, media planning, effectiveness criteria.
- Event communication: setting up a PR operation, street marketing.
- Exercise: Exercise: creativity in subgroups based on a copy strategy.
Le marketing direct
- Carry out a direct marketing campaign: mailing, fax, bus-mailing, couponing, ISA, asilage, newsletter.
- Exercise: Construction of a mailing operation for A to Z.
Electronic communication
- Internet: referencing in engines, affiliation, banners, e-mailing, e-newsletters, tracking.
- Telephony: SMS, MMS, 2G, 3G, video telephony, mobile TV, geolocation .
Working with external communications providers
- Select and evaluate service providers.
- Exercise: Writing a brief.
707Sales support materials
- Sales pitches: the CAP-B method.
- Creating attractive messages.
- Exercise: Creating an argument then presenting it to the group with the objective of involving them.
Monitor and measure results
- Evaluate success: what indicators for what action and for what objective? Exercise: Fun MCQ to review and integrate all the concepts learned.
Optimiser son Mix Marketing
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
The training we offer focuses on the marketing mix, which is a set of tools for effectively marketing a product or service, as well as promoting a brand. During this training, you will learn how to optimally define each of the elements of the marketing mix, as well as the 3 Ps of services, and how to adjust an existing mix to improve its performance.
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing directors and managers, product managers, market managers, range managers, group managers, anyone who needs to move into a Marketing function.

- No special knowledge.
Training objectives
- Build functional specifications
- Determine pricing conditions
- Identify distribution channels
- Build your communication plan
- Adjust your marketing mix to the product life cycle and the competition
710Training program
Marketing mix: characteristics of the product or service
- The brand name.
- The functionalities and specificities.
- The physical characteristics and the design.
- The cost price.
- Insertion into the existing range.
- Exercise: Construction of functional specifications.
Marketing mix: the pricing system
- Price positioning (luxury, gift.
- ).
- Pricing conditions (prices, discounts, rebates, rebates).
- Possible segmentation criteria.
- Compensated margins, profitability and financial contribution.
- Case study Search for relevant pricing methods for a given service.
711Mix marketing : la distribution
- The choice of channels.
- The degree of autonomy and commitment of (re)sellers.
- Territory coverage.
- Trade marketing.
- Sales support tools.
- Case study Direct sales with salespeople, or indirect sales with one or more third-party distribution channels .
Mix marketing : la communication
- The choice of targets.
- The messages to convey.
- The graphic charter.
- The optimization of the choice of communication channels communication: advertising, sales promotion, social networks.
- The right sizing of resources.
- Exercise: Critique of a communication plan.
The 3 Ps of Services
- The Staff.
- Customer Participation.
- The Evidence.
- Exercise: Definition of an optimal marketing mix for a service associated with a product.
712Precautions to take
- Coherence and interdependence of the elements of the marketing mix.
- Adequacy of the marketing mix with the market, the targeted customer segments, the competitive situation.
Readjustment of the marketing mix
- Optimize your positioning based on the product life cycle.
- Readjust based on the actions of the competition.
- Measure the achievement of objectives.
- Exercise: Critique of the marketing mix of an existing product or service and indication of avenues for optimization.
Launch a new product
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to detect opportunities and assess your company's chances of success in a new market. You will learn to identify the most relevant areas for the development of new products, as well as to master the methods and techniques necessary to successfully complete the process of developing and launching a new product.
Who is this training for ?
For whomMarketing managers, product managers, research managers, project managers and employees who work in conjunction with marketing departments (R&D, sales, etc.).

Basic knowledge of marketing.
Training objectives
Measure the attractiveness of a new market
Lead a creativity group
Build marketing studies adapted to the new product
Evaluate the profitability of the new product
Master the actions to launch the new product
715Training program
Know how to innovate
- Innovation, a lever for internal growth.
- From repositioning to disruptive innovation.
- Exercise: The secrets of successful launches.
Measuring the attractiveness of a new market
- Assess the competitiveness of the company in this market.
- Identify poorly exploited segments to assess the chances of success, opportunities and threats using customer knowledge.
- Develop a development strategy.
- Exercise: Study of a market in subgroups and making collective decisions on whether or not to launch a product.
Creativity at the service of marketing
- Setting up and leading a creativity group.
- Choose the appropriate facilitation techniques: brainstorming, mind map, analogy, synectic, associative, random, analog techniques.
- Filter ideas and manage projects.
- The concept: selection criteria, Omeara grid.
- Exercise: Concept search using creativity techniques.
Marketing studies applied to the development of new products
- The specificities of the studies according to the type of new product/service and its degree of internationalization.
- Qualitative and quantitative studies.
- Collaborate with a consulting firm 'studies.
- Exercise: What studies for the concept developed in subgroups?
716Profitability, profitability of new products
- Project viability.
- Identify the psychological price and set the most appropriate price level.
- Apply value analysis.
- Estimate profitability, break-even point and cash flow.
- Establish the operating account for the new product.
- Exercise: Calculation of the optimal price of the product to launch.
From marketing concept to development
- Define the target, develop the marketing mix.
- Consumer validations up to the test market.
- Launch strategy: progressive or massive.
- Exercise: Developing the mix for the new product.
Launch your new products
- Plan actions, brief and coordinate those involved in the launch.
- The launch.
- Control (deadlines, budgets, resources.
- ), corrective actions.
- Conditions for project success.
- Exercise: Presentation and defense by each group of the project and dashboards developed during the three days.
Marketing of services
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Understand the specificities of the services with regard to customer expectations to take them into account in the development of offers. Develop management through quality of service that builds customer loyalty. Design and implement a marketing mix and specific action plans.
Who is this training for ?
For whomProduct manager. Marketing research manager and manager.

None
Training objectives
Understand the specificities of the services and their impacts
Segment your market and target your customers
Build the marketing mix
Take into account the quality of service
Develop your marketing plan
719Training program
Specificities of services and consequences on consumers
- The positioning of services marketing in relation to traditional marketing.
- The search for a definition of services.
- Services and their segmentation criteria.
- The qualification of the specificities of services through sectoral examples.
- The implications in terms of Consumer behavior.
- Exercise: Positioning of different sectors services and qualification of consumer behavior.
Segment your market, target your customers and position your service
- Segmentation.
- Targeting.
- Positioning.
- Exercise: Identification of possible criteria for segmenting the given market in the world of services.
Build the mix of your service offering
- The "7 Ps" versus the "4 Ps".
- Which "Product" service? Which Personnel? Which ) Price? What "Place"? What Promotion? What Participation? Exercise: Simulation of building a marketing mix for a new service.
720Integrate the optimization and management of its quality of service
- The overall model.
- The issues.
- The quality criteria.
- The measurement of quality.
- The establishment of a quality policy.
- Case study Based on satisfaction questionnaires.
Develop your marketing plan
- Current situation.
- Deployment of objectives.
- Action levers.
- Action plan.
- Budget.
- Monitoring action plans.
- Contributions.
- Exercise: Illustration of methods for determining objectives.
Implement winning mobile marketing for smartphones and tablets
★★★★★
- MR-178
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to measure the strategic issues of developing marketing on mobiles (smartphones and tablets). She will show you how to deploy your company's presence on these new media, choose between mobile site and application, and make this type of investment profitable.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand the issues and impacts of “mobile” in your marketing strategy Integrate and monetize mobile into its overall offering Make the appropriate technological and organizational choices Optimize the launch of your mobile service
722723Training program
Think mobile first, why move to the mobile era
- Equipment rates: evolution, penetration rate.
- .
- Market shares of manufacturers and OS: Apple iOS, Google Android, Windows.
- Connectivity: type of Internet connection, operator networks vs. Wifi.
- Uses: offline, online, services, purchases, media subscriptions.
- Apps: consumption, selection criteria, budget.
- Exchanges How to surf mobile contexts.
Integrate mobile into a marketing strategy and make it profitable
- The players in the mobile marketing value chain.
- Understand the impact of mobile in your marketing strategy.
- Make your brand known and promote, conquer and build customer loyalty.
- Integrate mobile into your product/service offering: the POST process.
- The mobile OS ecosystem.
- What methodologies apply: Forrester, Mc Kinsey AFMM.
- The criteria for making the right investment choices: the 4 x 1/4 rule.
- Making your service profitable and choosing your business model.
- Practical work Optimize your approach by using a starter kit and a decision-making matrix.
724Choosing between native apps and mobile sites
- The challenges of different communication channels.
- Understanding the central role of App Stores.
- Planning content and development.
- Optimize access and SEO.
- Choose a web app or a hybrid application: advantages and disadvantages.
- Design and develop your mobile service.
- Practical work Choose between site or mobile application.
Launch a mobile service
- App marketing's own tools.
- The challenges of SOLOMO via social networks and geolocation.
- Select the communication levers (email, SEA , display, SMS, 2D Code, RA, NFC) Generate audiences: formats, costs and tracking.
- Implement a recruitment strategy.
- Maximize the usage rate of applications (push notification and in-app massage).
- Calculate your ROI.
- Legal aspects and rules to respect.
- Practical work Building a mobile marketing mix.
Viral marketing: create buzz and profit from it
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to understand and apply the techniques and methods of viral marketing on the Internet. She will show you how to create buzz around your products, use the appropriate media to disseminate information and turn your customers into “ambassadors” for your brand.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
- Knowledge and experience of SQL language
- Knowledge of operating system commands
- Knowledge of relational database concepts < /ul>
Training objectives
Understand the mechanics of viral marketing
Launch a viral marketing campaign
Transform your customers into brand ambassadors
Manage a campaign and estimate its impact
727Training program
State of play of e-Marketing
- From Web 1.
- 0 to Web 3.
- 0: key figures and evolution of strategies.
- Definitions: buzz, rumor, virality, influencers.
- Propagation: at the heart of Web strategies.
- Participatory marketing: Crowdfunding and User Generated Content.
Understand the issues of buzz and viral marketing
- Definition and key principles of viral marketing.
- Reposit your brand DNA.
- Understand new consumer needs and behaviors.
- Discover the benefits of buzz.
- Practical work Exchanges and feedback.
Understanding buzz marketing: campaign types and objectives
- Define your objectives: image, notoriety, acquisition, loyalty, performance.
- Know the different existing techniques: from newsletters to social games.
- Generate and convert leads into customers.
- Improve customer service performance and build consumer loyalty.
- Case study Analysis of different Success Stories.
728Put “Customer Permission” at the heart of your strategy
- Know the keys to a good strategy: desire, seduction and permission.
- Bring prospects into the brand's world.
- Move to marketing of influence in the creation of living communities.
- Identify your interlocutors: ambassadors, influencers, opinion leaders and trendsetters.
Know the tools and understand viral mechanics
- Know the specificities of video marketing.
- Accelerate propagation: Like, Share, Forward to a friend, Retweet.
- Transform customers into
- Anticipate and react to Bad Buzz.
- Case studyrnAnalysis of different viral marketing campaigns.
Develop the mix for a viral campaign and measure its performance
- Choose the concept adapted to the context and objectives.
- Choose the technique appropriate to the brand, products and targets.
- Define the campaign plan: stages, planning.
- Know the tools for measuring performance and ROI, define your KPIs and performance indicators.
- Practical work Planning of a viral campaign and construction of a dashboard.
Design your brand strategy
★★★★★
- MR-180
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
A strong brand strengthens a company's relationship with its customers and helps create value. This training will show you how to design and implement a successful brand strategy.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Define the constituent elements of the brand Understanding consumers’ relationship with the brand Determine the target and brand identity Make your brand identity visible
730731Training program
Identify brand functions for the business
- Definition and main constituent elements of the brand name: words, pseudonyms, letters, numbers, acronyms.
- An element of functional and symbolic differentiation.
- A tool of value creation.
- An instrument for building consumer loyalty.
- Practical work Analysis of the values of a brand through its advertisements.
Understand the relationship between the brand and the customer
- The guarantee function: the notion of trust, labels.
- The identification function: brand image and recognition by the consumer.
- L emotional attachment of the consumer to the brand: loyalty, repeat purchases, role of prescriber.
- The emergence of brand communities: consumer clubs, social networks.
- Work practices Analysis of brand/consumer relationships.
Building a strong brand
- Move from business strategy to brand strategy.
- Identify the target audience: segmentation criteria, targeting policy.
- Define its brand identity: DNA, personality, meaning and positioning of the brand.
- Develop the notoriety and image of your brand: the concepts of salience and resonance.
- Elaborate the platform of its brand: DNA, value, target, positioning.
- Practical work Identify the target and brand identity of a range of products.
732Express your brand identity
- Enhance the name of your brand and its qualities: capitalize on its strong points.
- Optimize the signs of brand recognition: the logo, the graphic charter, the signature, the slogans .
- Develop 360° communication: on-line and off-line.
- Brand architecture and extension: product brand, range brand, umbrella brand, brand -caution.
- Brand alliance: co-branding and licensing.
- Practical work Analyze the signage components of several brands.
Effectively Create Responsive Marketing Emails
★★★★★
- MR-181
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Responsive e-mailing is becoming essential: on average, a person checks their phone more than a hundred times a day and half of all emails are opened from a mobile device. This course will teach you how to create a Responsive design for your emails and newsletters, regardless of the routing tools used.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand the challenges of mobility and Responsive Web Design
Know the limits of Responsive Design and its alternatives
Create an email optimized for mobile media
735Training program
Understanding the principle of Responsive Web Design (RWD)
- User needs to be met.
- Different mobile/desktop uses.
- Statistics by browser and by platform.
- Browsers up and down range.
- Update constraints.
- Exchanges Advantages and disadvantages of RWD.
Identify mobility issues
- Mobile email figures and trends.
- Risks of a non-mobile-optimized strategy.
- Best practices.
- Exchanges List the arguments to implement a mobile strategy.
Choosing the right break points
- Media Queries CSS3.
- CSS units to use.
- Breaking points in Mobile First JavaScript.
- Notion of progressive improvement .
- Option to refocus on content.
- Development methods.
- Case study Reflection based on a case on the points of break used.
736Master basic email coding techniques
- Message architecture: HTML tables, built-in styles.
- List of compatible CSS properties.
- Main rendering bugs and solutions.
- Example Overview of encoding techniques.
Know the prerequisites for mobile optimization
- Techniques for designing a mobile email.
- Analysis and optimization of your content strategy: editorial charter, graphic constraints.
- Case study rnAs a group, define the elements for mobile optimization.
Discover the three approaches to a mobile email strategy
- How e-mail campaign link tagging works.
- Simplified adaptation.
- Concepts of "fluid" and "scalable", " adaptive" or "Responsive".
- Specificities depending on the messaging clients.
- Exchanges The different optimization solutions.
737Design a Responsive Email
- Integration of Media Queries.
- Coding of HTML tables.
- Management of characters and text blocks.
- New challenges in the 'CSS integration for e-mail.
- Progressive improvement with CSS3.
- Practical work Creation of an HTML template adapted to mobile media.
- Carrying out tests: multi-media and terminal visual rendering.
Launch an online marketing study
★★★★★
- MR-182
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training will introduce you to the specificities of Online studies. It will also show you how to carry out this type of study, how to make them both quantitative and qualitative and finally it will allow you to estimate the corresponding budgets.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Identify the different types of online marketing studies and their areas of application Judge the opportunity to launch an online marketing study Understand all budgetary, technical and qualitative elements Implement appropriate methods and use appropriate tools
739740Training program
Know the specificities of online marketing studies
- The marketing approach: from market knowledge to the definition of the marketing mix.
- The usefulness of marketing studies in decision-making.
- The typology of marketing studies: ad hoc studies, subscription studies.
- The differences in methods, the foundations and the stages of implementing an online studyrnThe importance of studies online in France: history, figures.
- The ethical principles to respect in an online study.
- Practical work rnStudy of a marketing problem requiring a study and evaluation of the
Carry out quantitative online studies
- Ad hoc studies: the studies favored, discarded, the targets retained.
- Constitute the sampling frame and set quotas.
- Design, test, program and send a questionnaire.
- Analyze, use, restore and interpret the results of quantitative online studies.
- Know the particularities of access panels, vertical panels, proprietary panels.
- Practical work Design of an online questionnaire.
741Implement qualitative online studies
- Analyze online discourse: forums, Facebook pages.
- Set up synchronous online focus groups.
- Manage asynchronous web platforms: the Bulletin Board.
- Set up nominal groups.
- Carry out individual semi-structured interviews.
- Analyze, exploit, restore and interpret the results of qualitative online studies .
- Case study Design of a methodology for setting up a Bulletin Board.
Undertake online marketing studies
- Understand the factors for developing online studies.
- Remove possible obstacles to carrying out online studies.
- Estimate the budget for quantitative and online studies qualitative.
- Practical work Request for quote and estimate of the cost of an online study.
Prestashop, create an e-commerce site
★★★★★
- MR-183
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
At the end of this training, you will be able to implement and manage a complete and operational merchant site with Prestashop. You will be able to create a product catalog, a customer list, manage orders, the online store or even administer payment solutions.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Implement an operational merchant site.
Create a catalog of products and customers.
Manage orders and administer payment solutions.
Define transport and delivery costs.
Administer and monitor the activity of a site merchant
744Training program
Presentation of Prestashop
- Objective of an e-commerce site.
- Main functionalities.
- Local/remote installation.
- Prestashop user side (Front Office): elements of the home page, navigation system, modules.
- Prestashop on the administrator side (Back Office): the administration panel, the tabs.
- Practical work Demonstration of a site created with Prestashop.
- Installation and getting started with Prestashop (user and administrator side).
Create a product and customer catalog
- Create category and subcategory hierarchy.
- Assign products to a category.
- Create customers and customer groups.
- Practical work Create the store home page.
- Create categories and product sheets.
745Manage orders and administer payment solutions
- Create a new order.
- View a customer's orders.
- Check the status of an order (delivered, pending, canceled, paid.
- ).
- Payment modules (check, PayPal.
- ).
- Define payment module restrictions.
- Practical work Install the processing chain, from product proposal to final order.
- Add payment modules.
Define transport and delivery costs
- Define the rules for calculating transport and delivery costs.
- Define price and weight brackets.
- Practical work Design the rules transport billing.
Set up the store modules
- Identify the modules of the default theme.
- Modules Identify yourself, Your account/Shopping cart.
- Practical work Setting up a module .
746Create a custom theme
- Define the design and styles of the custom theme.
- Control the position of the blocks.
- Plug a module.
- Find themes and modules.
- Practical work Create your own theme.
Track site activity
- Show statistics.
- Set preferences.
- Offer special offers.
- Show featured products on the home page .
- Offer free shipping.
- Create cross-sells.
Administer the store
- Register your brand and domain name.
- Configure.
- htaccess for Prestashop.
- Optimize SEO.
- Practical work Publish the store on the remote site.
- Optimize the site's SEO.
Optimize your website SEO
★★★★★
- MR-184
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training will allow you to master the different techniques to improve SEO and promote your site. It will also show you how to implement and use the associated analysis and measurement tools.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Understand how search engines work
Master the techniques for optimizing your natural referencing
Measure the audience of your site
Increase the notoriety of your site with paid referencing
749Training program
Web Reminder
- Web servers (Apache, IIS).
- HTTP protocol.
- HTML, XHTML.
- Validation tests, issues on the referencing.
- Accessibility.
- Practical work Creation and audit of metatags, XHTML compliance audit.
Search engine
- Popularity.
- Classification of answers.
- Search language.
- Positioning principles.
- Understanding the search.
- Keywords.
- Google Mayday, Panda, Penguin and Colibri algorithm updates.
- Google+ and SEO: authorrank and author ship.
- Practical work Referencing on engines, directories, dedicated areas.
750SEO audit
- Monitoring dashboard.
- Keyword audit.
- Google Adwords tools: refine keywords.
- PageRank and TrustRank: the measure of popularity and trust of the site.
- Define an action plan.
- Budget.
- Partners.
- Practical work Implementation of an audit.
751SEO Techniques
- Submission, indexing, positioning.
- Frequency.
- Use of tags: titles, images, links, URL.
- SEO: Search Engine Optimizer.
- Automatic SEO tools: limits, costs.
- Pay per click.
- Sponsored links.
- Measure the conversion rate of a campaign.
- The offer of Google and Bing sites.
- Purchase of keywords.
- SEO and networks social (facebook, google+, video sharing).
- Practical work Implementation of techniques.
- Content rewriting.
752Website Optimization
- Integration of multimedia, Flash, JavaScript, Frames.
- Optimization: MetaTag, Tag (url, alt, title.
- ).
- Impact of rich technologies (Ajax, Flash, SilverLight) and Web 2.
- 0 on SEO.
- Practical work Implementation and analysis on existing sites.
Increase site popularity, web advertising campaign
- Referencing in stores.
- Principles of promotion in the Appstore and Google Play.
- Presentation of Adwords and AdSense offers.
- Budget.
- Creation and optimization of the campaign.
- Use of gadgets, cartographic offers (maps) and Local Business.
- Use of video spaces, newsletters , forums, games, .
- Practical work Setting up a Google AdWords campaign.
- Defining an animation plan.
Audit and optimize a website's marketing approach
★★★★★
- MR-185
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
At the end of this training, you will be able to identify and analyze the target of a website, define its objectives and establish the master plan. You will learn how to design a website that fits into the company's communications strategy.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Develop a master plan for a website Audit the ergonomics, navigation and content of a website Master the techniques and tools for optimizing a website Improve SEO and increase traffic
754755Training program
Web-based reminders
- Fundamentals of the Internet and the Web.
- Characteristics of the Web among existing media.
Blueprint of a website
- The four stages of the master plan.
- Positioning the future site among other communication axes.
- Determining the target of the site.
- Analysis of the existing situation: identify the company's communication problem.
- Definition of the phases and content of the future site.
- Management of a development project or redesign of the site .
- Establishment of a roadmap.
- Human Resources and/or search for service providers, cost evaluation.
- Practical work Work on a site to be optimized, defined in advance or on the website of a participating company.
Website Optimization
- Ergonomics, tree structure and navigation: the golden rules.
- Site referencing on: search engines, directories, unifying sites and sectoral portals.
- Strategy of links and partnerships in the virtual networks concerned.
- Practical work Search and identification of partner sites for a website.
756Site Audit Tools
- Measurement of attendance: server-oriented and/or visitor-oriented.
- Measurement of ergonomics and visual comfort.
- Key performance indicators of a website.
- Practical work Define key performance indicators.
Special case of online sales
- The strength of the Web for B to B sales.
- The situation of B to C electronic commerce in France and around the world.
- The conditions for success of a B to C sales site.
- Critical success factors.
- Presence/distance mix: optimize the commercial function through online communication.
- Practical work Group analysis of the conditions for success of several online sales sites.
Integration of the site into company communication
- Combine Internet marketing and mobile marketing.
- Harmonize the communication charter.
- Integrate the website into the communication mix.
- Perspective and future of the Net.
- Practical work Feedback from successful experiences of integrating on-line and off-line communication.
WordPress, initiation, install and manage a business site
★★★★★
- MR-186
- 3 Days (21 Hours)
Description
Known for its blogging platform, WordPress has become a full-fledged CMS for easily creating and managing websites. You will learn how to install, configure and administer WordPress. You will build a site and manage its content and design. You will finally discover the main extensions.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
758759Training program
Introduction
- What is a CMS, its features.
- Distinctions Blog/Site, Article/Page.
- The blogosphere, trackbacks.
- Demonstration Discovery of wordpress.
- com and wordpress-fr.
- net.
- Visit to a website blog, CMS and mixed type.
Internet and local environment
- The concept of client/server, languages, protocols.
- Quick basics of database: Mysql.
- Hosting, domain name.
- Wampserver.
- Practical work Installation of the local environment.
- Creation of the database.
- Analysis of the tree structure.
760Installation locale de WordPress
- Installation (wp-config file preview).
- Database overview.
- The dashboard.
- Discovery : tools, menus and navigation.
- Practical work Downloading WordPress.
- Local installation.
- Discovery / Appropriation of the solution.
- Choice of site theme.
Content construction
- Manage categories, keywords, pages and subpages, articles, links, media.
- Configuration of the home page.
- Creation of menus.
- Practical work Design of the site tree.
- Creation of the taxonomy.
- Addition of content.
- Creation of the home page.
- Creation of menus.
761Appearance of the site
- Templates.
- Add a template.
- Widgets.
- Practical work Choice of a template , widget management in the sidebar and in the footer.
The responsibility of the administrator
- Responsibility for content.
- Point on Internet law.
- 'Trolling', 'spamming'.
- Management of users and their level of rights.
- Practical work Creation of different types of users, management of subscriber registrations.
762Site extensions and maintenance
- What is an extension? Find and install an extension.
- Opening Hello Dolly.
- SEO extension: ALL IN ONE SEO .
- Protection extensions: Akismet.
- Content extensions: Contact Form 7, WP DB Backup, Google Analytics, WPSuperCache.
- Maintenance and backup .
- Practical work Using extensions.
- Improving SEO and optimizing the cache.
- Creating a contacts page.
GPS geolocation and links with GIS
★★★★★
- MR-179
- 1 Days (7 Hours)
Description
geolocation systems, focus on GPS and Galileo, principles of geolocation, system errors, correction of errors, preparation of a field survey, surveys and integration into a GIS
Who is this training for ?
For whomProfessionals, technicians/engineers, project managers, job seekers, students

Be familiar with GIS software
Training objectives
Know how to geolocate elements with a GPS, know the limits of the system and best practices
Know how to integrate and use your geolocated data with a geonavigator in your GIS
Know how to connect a GIS directly with a Geonavigator (“GPS”) and configure a “Mobile” GIS
764765Training program
Presentation of GNSS geolocation systems
The GPS system: principles of geolocation, system errors, error correction, DGPS, preparation of a field survey
Data collection and integration into a GIS
How to connect your “GPS” (Geonavigator) directly with your GIS software: NMEA and first steps in nomadic GIS
Initiation au Webmapping
★★★★★
- MR-188
- 1 Days (7 Hours)
Description
Techniques and solutions for integrating GIS data into a website
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Address the possibilities of integrating dynamic mapping on the web
767Webmapping using Javascript
★★★★★
- MR-189
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
Web map interface
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Using leaflet to build a dynamic cartographic interface on the internet
769Become an e-commerce manager
★★★★★
- MR-190
- 30 Days ( Hours)
Description
Among the professions concerned, the e-commerce manager occupies a decisive role in the company. He/she implements the internet strategy in consultation with the sales department. He/she manages a marketing budget, sets up and evaluates internet communication with the aim of increasing online sales, evaluates actions and proposes corrective actions.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
771Marketing Digital - Level 1
★★★★★
- MR-191
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training provides you with all the keys to digital marketing with a strategic and operational vision, necessary for its integration into your overall marketing approach. The key principles and issues of web marketing strategy, SEO and social media are deciphered in a pragmatic way allowing for easy transposition into your business.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Acquire a vision and an operational approach to digital marketing.
Appropriate the approach and the tools to define a digital marketing strategy.
Integrate the levers of a referencing strategy (SEM, SEO, SEA).
Know the panorama of social networks to develop its presence.
774Training program
Introduction au marketing digital
Planning, creating and implementing a digital marketing strategy
Model for defining a digital marketing strategy
Natural SEO referencing.
Writing for the Internet user and for search engines.
Google Ads. •
Facebook Ads.
Instagram Ads
Content marketing
Inbound marketing.
Linkedin Ads
Mass Mailing, SMS, Whatsapp.
Call To Action.
Emailing Marketing
Marketing automation
Google My Business
Marketing Digital - Expert Niveau 1
★★★★★
- MR-192
- 2 Days (14 Hours)
Description
This training provides you with all the keys to digital marketing with a strategic and operational vision, necessary for its integration into your overall marketing approach. The key principles and issues of web marketing strategy, SEO and social media are deciphered in a pragmatic way allowing for easy transposition into your business.
Who is this training for ?
For whom
None
Training objectives
Learn the approach and tools to define a digital marketing strategy
776777Training program
Digital Loyalty
- DIRECT MARKETING 2.0 WHERE THE ERA OF LOYALTY
- The challenges of loyalty
- Choose the customers to retain
- Develop a loyalty strategy
- E-mail marketing, essential online loyalty tool
- E-crm and customer knowledge
E-reputation / buzz monitoring
- free tools and methods: benefits / disadvantages / uses
- paid solutions (E-reputation)
- Define and set up a crisis organization
- What sensitive communication strategy and action plan?
- How to
- The limits of communication crisis on social networks
- Managing the post-crisis and the best practices to adopt
778
- Plan your content strategy
- Creating your first batch of content
- Preparing good habits
- Building and automating content production content
- How to make money on Instagram
- Using Stories to Grow
- Advanced Instagram Ads
- Instagram Live
- Competitor analysis
- Facebook Business from A to Z
- Creation, modification and saving of audiences
- Facebook pixel
- Using keywords on Facebook
- Competitor Analysis
- Shopping on Instagram
- Facebook ads vs Instagram ads
- Tips to increase followers
779
- What to tweet and how to interact on Twitter
- Hashtag and trends
- Increase your followers
- Twitter audience manager
- Twitter Ads
- Twitter Conversion Tracking & Retargeting
- Tweet Engagements
- Clicks & Conversions
- Reporting & Analytics
- The best Twitter tools
- The best tools to develop and optimize your interest
- Buyable Pins and rich Pins
- Pinterest Businesss
- Pinterest Ads
- Pinterest Conversion Tracking
- Pinteres Tags and Events
780Adwords
- Choose keywords
- Setting up payments and billing
- Writing super powerful ads
- Google AdWords conversion campaign
- Google AdWords bidding strategies
- Ad extensions
- Track your campaign results
- Re-marketing Adwords
- Successful video on youtube
Google Analytics
- Be a web detective with Google analytics
- Google analytics Terms and Metrics
- How to measure traffic and visitor interest
- Conversations metrics you need to track
- Measure engagements and actions
- Generate reports
781Real Time Bidding
- Introduction to Real Time Bidding
- Media buying: RTB vs classic Display
- How real-time bidding works
- The complex ecosystem of RTB
- The challenges of measuring performance in RTB
- The risks of RTB
- Using Compaign Manager
- Creating your first LinkedIn campaign
- Creating Sponsored Text Ads and Email Ads (Inmails)
- Collecting Leads with Sponsored Emails
- Create a Group to Build a LinkedIn Email List
- Using the LinkedIn Insight Tag
- The Best Linkedin Marketing Tactics for Business
- The Best Linkedin Content Marketing Strategies
- Prenium Tools and Services to Consider
User Experience (UX) Specialist
★★★★★
- MR-160
- 3 Days ( Hours)
Description
User Experience (UX) has become an essential element in the design of digital products and services. Our UX training prepares you to create exceptional user experiences by understanding user needs, expectations and behaviors.
Who is this training for ?
For whomaimed at marketing and communications professionals wishing to integrate user experience into their work processes in order to create more efficient products.

notions de base
Training objectives
Acquire in-depth expertise in user interface design and conception.
Understand the fundamentals of user experience (UX).
Master UI/UX design tools and methodologies.
Apply advanced techniques to improve user satisfaction.
Develop skills in visual communication and storytelling.
784Training program
Module 1: Fundamentals of UI/UX Design
- Introduction to user experience.
- Principles of visual design.
- User psychology and interactive behavior.
- Notions of user-centered design.
Module 2: UI/UX design tools and methodologies
- Use of wireframes and prototyping.
- Usability testing and user feedback.
- Integration of responsive design principles.
- Agile methods applied to UI/UX design.
Module 3: Advanced Design and Innovation
- Exploring current trends in interface design.
- Design thinking and creative problem solving.
- Personalizing the user experience.
- Integrating accessibility into design.
Module 4 : Communication visuelle et storytelling
- Use of color, typography and iconography.
- Creation of a coherent visual identity.
- Storytelling applied to interface design .
- Effective presentation of concepts and designs.
E-commerce
★★★★★
- MR-160
- 3 Days ( Hours)
Description
Who is this training for ?
For whomEntrepreneurs looking to get started in e-commerce
Marketing professionals looking to develop their digital skills
SME managers interested in expanding their online business
Students in commerce, marketing or IT wishing to specialize in e-commerce

Basic knowledge of computers and Internet navigation
Understanding the fundamentals of business and sales
Interest in new technologies and online commerce
Training objectives
Acquire the essential knowledge to launch and effectively manage an e-commerce business
Understand the different stages of the online sales process
Master the digital marketing tools and techniques adapted to e-commerce
Know how to manage the related logistical and administrative aspects for online sales
Ensuring the security of transactions and protecting customer data
Using data analytics to optimize online store performance
787Training program
Introduction to e-commerce:
- Definition and key concepts
- History and evolution of e-commerce
- Advantages and challenges of online commerce
Online Marketing Strategies:
- Content Marketing
- Social Media and Targeted Advertising
- Search Engine Optimization (SEO)
- Paid Advertising (SEM)
- Email marketing and newsletters
Management of e-commerce platforms:
- Choice of the platform adapted to your needs
- Configuration and personalization of the website
- Management of products and online catalogs
- Implementation place of secure payment systems
Conversion Optimization:
- Ergonomic Website Design
- Conversion Rate Optimization (CRO) Strategies
- Using A/B Testing to Improve Performance
788Logistics and inventory management:
- Order and shipping management
- Product storage and warehousing
- Dropshipping solutions
Customer service and returns management:
- Establishment of efficient customer service
- Management of customer requests and complaints
- Returns and refunds process
Security of online transactions:
- Data security protocols (SSL, HTTPS)
- Protection against online fraud
- Compliance with privacy standards (GDPR)
Data analysis and performance reporting:
- Use of web analysis tools (Google Analytics)
- Interpretation of traffic and conversion data
- Monitoring KPIs (key performance indicators)
Trends and innovations in the field of e-commerce
- Mobile commerce and dedicated applications
- Artificial intelligence and chatbots
- Blockchain and cryptocurrencies in online transactions
use of AI in marketing
★★★★★
- MR-161
- 2 Days ( Hours)
Description
Who is this training for ?
For whomThis training is intended for marketing professionals, marketing managers, data analysts and anyone interested in integrating artificial intelligence into their company's marketing strategies.

No prior knowledge of artificial intelligence is necessary to participate in this training. However, a basic understanding of marketing and digital technologies would be beneficial.
Training objectives
Provide participants with an in-depth understanding of the use of artificial intelligence in marketing.
They will be able to explore the different applications of AI
identify opportunities to effectively integrate it into their marketing strategies.
791Training program
Session 1: Introduction to AI in Marketing
- Understand the fundamental concepts of artificial intelligence
- Explore the applications of AI in marketing
- Discussion on the impact of AI on modern marketing strategies
Session 2: Types of AI and their applications in marketing
- Presentation of the different types of artificial intelligence (weak AI, strong AI, etc.)
- Analysis of the specific use cases of each type of AI in marketing
- Reflection on the advantages and limits of each type of AI in a marketing context
Session 3: Data Collection and Analysis for AI-Driven Marketing Decision Making
- Data collection techniques relevant to AI in marketing (customer data analysis, behavioral data, etc.)
- Introduction to advanced data analysis tools used in marketing
- Case Study on Using AI to Optimize Data-Driven Marketing Decision Making
Session 4: Personalization and segmentation using AI
- Exploring ways to use AI for marketing campaign personalization
- AI-based advanced segmentation strategies to effectively target audiences
- Practical examples of successful personalized marketing campaigns using AI
Session 5: Automating Marketing Campaigns Using AI
- Introducing AI-powered marketing automation tools and platforms
- Developing intelligent automated marketing campaigns
- Case study on marketing automation effectiveness 'AI-based marketing automation'}
792Session 6: Ethical and regulatory challenges related to the use of AI in marketing
- Discussion on ethical issues related to the use of AI in marketing (privacy, manipulation, etc.)
- Overview of regulations and standards for data protection data in the context of AI in marketing
- Recommendations for responsible use of AI in marketing strategies
AI tools in multimedia
★★★★★
- MR-162
- 2 Days ( Hours)
Description
Who is this training for ?
For whomThis training is intended for multimedia professionals, content creators, developers, digital marketers, digital strategy managers and anyone interested in the use of artificial intelligence in the field of multimedia.

No prior knowledge of artificial intelligence is required to participate in this training. However, a basic understanding of multimedia and digital technologies would be beneficial. Participants should have an interest in the application of AI in multimedia and a willingness to learn new technical skills.
Training objectives
Understand the main concepts and technologies of AI applied to multimedia.
Explore the different applications of AI tools in the creation, management and personalization of multimedia content.
Acquire practical skills to use the tools effectively of AI in the production, analysis and recommendation of multimedia content.
Reflect on the ethical and artistic challenges associated with the use of AI in the field of multimedia.
Identify opportunities and emerging trends in using AI to innovate the creation and consumption of media content.
795Training program
Session 1: Introduction to AI tools in multimedia
- Presentation of the main concepts and technologies of artificial intelligence applied to multimedia
- Exploration of the application areas of AI in the creation and management of multimedia content
- Discussion on emerging trends and opportunities offered by AI in the field of multimedia
Session 2: Image and video recognition
- Introduction to AI-based image and video recognition techniques
- Overview of algorithms and models used for classification, object detection and segmentation in images and videos
- Practical examples of applications of image and video recognition in the field of multimedia
Session 3: AI-assisted media content generation
- Exploring multimedia content generation tools and techniques, such as image and video summarization, music creation, and text generation, powered by AI
- Development of practical skills to use these tools in creating innovative multimedia content
- Case study on the use of AI-assisted multimedia content generation in various artistic and creative fields
Session 4: Personalization and recommendation of multimedia content
- Introducing AI-based media content recommendation and personalization algorithms
- Discussion on recommendation and personalization strategies to improve user experience in video streaming domains , online music, etc.
- Concrete examples of platforms and applications successfully using AI-assisted personalization of multimedia content
Session 5: Multimedia content analysis and machine understanding
- Media content analysis techniques, including text recognition in images, automatic transcription of audio, sentiment analysis in video comments, etc.
- Introducing the tools and methods used to extract information and insights from massive media content
- Case study on using media content analysis for research, media monitoring social, market analysis, etc.
796Session 6: Ethical and artistic challenges of using AI in multimedia
- Discussion on the ethical issues related to the use of AI in the creation, distribution and consumption of multimedia content
- Reflection on the impact of AI on creativity and artistic expression in the field of multimedia
- Recommendations for responsible and ethical use of AI tools in the field of multimedia
the use of cameras
★★★★★
- MR-163
- 2 Days ( Hours)
Description
Who is this training for ?
For whomThis training is aimed at anyone interested in photography, whether they are a beginner or already have basic experience. Participants may include passionate photography enthusiasts, visual arts students, professionals from various industries who need photography skills for their work, as well as anyone interested in improving their skills in this field.

No specific prerequisites are necessary to participate in this training. However, participants should have an interest in photography and be willing to learn the technical fundamentals necessary to use a camera effectively. General knowledge of computers and image processing software would be beneficial but is not required.
Training objectives
Understand the different types of cameras and their main features.
Learn practical skills in manipulating camera settings to control exposure, focus and composition.
Explore photography techniques advanced shooting techniques for various photographic genres, such as landscape photography, portrait photography, still life photography, etc.
Learn the basics of post-production and image editing to improve photo quality.
Develop a thorough understanding of ethics and responsibility in the practice of photography.
799Training program
Session 1: Introduction to photography
- Introduction to the different types of cameras and their features.
- The basics of photographic composition: rule of thirds, viewing angles, etc.
- Introduction to basic camera settings: aperture, shutter speed, ISO.
Session 2: Exposure Control
- Understanding exposure: the relationship between aperture, shutter speed, and ISO.
- Using automatic, semi-automatic, and manual shooting modes.
- Practical: outdoor exposure control exercises.
Session 3: Focusing and managing depth of field
- The different focusing techniques: autofocus, manual focus.
- Using depth of field to create creative effects.
- Practical focusing exercises focus on moving and stationary subjects.
Session 4: Advanced Shooting Techniques
- Landscape photography: composition, use of filters, capturing natural light.
- Portrait photography: light management, composition, subject direction.
- Still life photography: arrangement of objects, control of light, use of backgrounds and surfaces.
Session 5: Introduction to post-production
- Image editing basics: correcting exposure, color balance, cropping.
- Using popular image editing software (Adobe Lightroom, Photoshop).
- Practical exercises in image editing.
800Session 6: Ethics and responsibility in photography
- Discussion of ethical issues related to photography, such as privacy, image manipulation, etc.
- Importance of social responsibility in the visual representation of sensitive subjects.
- Recommendations for ethical and respectful photographic practice.